Home

Bosch Appliances GVS1000 Security Camera User Manual

Contents

1. 03C7 GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI 03C8 GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI 03C9 GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA 03CA GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA 03CB GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA 03CC GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS 03CD GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS 03CE GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS 0401 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO 0402 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DJE 0403 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GJE 0404 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE 0405 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZE 0406 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BYELORUSSIAN UKRAINIAN I 0407 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YI 0408 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER JE 0409 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER LJE 040A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER NJE 040B CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSHE 040C CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KJE 040E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT U 040F CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DZHE 0410 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A 0411 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE 0412 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE 0413 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE 0414 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER DE 0415 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE 0416 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE 0417 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE 0418 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I 0419 CYRILLIC CAPIT
2. UNICODE CHARACTER 0020 SPACE 0021 EXCLAMATION MARK 0022 QUOTATION MARK 0023 NUMBER SIGN 0024 DOLLAR SIGN 0025 PERCENT SIGN 0026 AMPERSAND 0027 APOSTROPHE 0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS 0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS 002A ASTERISK 002B PLUS SIGN 002C COMMA 002D HYPHEN MINUS 002E FULL STOP 002F SOLIDUS 0030 DIGIT ZERO 0031 DIGIT ONE 0032 DIGIT TWO 0033 DIGIT THREE 0034 DIGIT FOUR 0035 DIGIT FIVE 0036 DIGIT SIX 0037 DIGIT SEVEN 0038 DIGIT EIGHT 0039 DIGIT NINE 003A COLON 003B SEMICOLON 003C LESS THAN SIGN 003D EQUALS SIGN 003E GREATER THAN SIGN 003F QUESTION MARK 0040 COMMERCIAL AT 0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTERA 0042 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B 0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C 0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D 0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E 0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F 0047 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G 0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H 0049 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I 004A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J 004B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K 004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L 004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M 004E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N 004F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O 0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P 0051 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q 0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R 0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S 0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T 0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U 0056 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V 005
3. M4 4PL cem TR os a TEE 35 1 el e Figure 9 Epic 880 Mounting Locations 100 88002 Rev B Page 45 Page 46 Bezel Mounting Specifications Bezel to Printer Mechanism mounting points Epic 880 printers are designed to accommodate a bezel assembly that is mounted following the hardware and mounting dimensions as listed The following drawing shows the positioning and dimensions of the Epic 880 bezel s mounting points Front 2x M3x 0 5 screws and interface with custom bezel MOUNTING X SCREW 2PL i X it d N w fs TP 0 1 100 Bezel view ee e ud E FS B N 090 MOUNTING 4 060 gt BOSS 2PL Figure 10 Bezel Mounting and Hardware Requirements 100 88002 Rev B Mounting Requirements Spindle Mounting Options The Epic 880 spindle assembly can be mounted in one of five locations on the left side of the printer or one of four locations on the control panel side The following figures show typical mounting locations
4. ASCII Code ASCII Code ASCII Code ASCII Code NUL U SP Space 90V W SOH A IA A A a A STX B IB B B b B ETH C IC C C C C EOT D ID D D d D ENQ E 926 IE E E e E ACK F amp IF F F f F BEL G IG G G g G BS H H H H h H HT N I LF J Y J J J j J VT K IK K K k K FF L j IL L L l L CR M M M m M So N n N SI 0 O DLE P 0 0 P P p P DC1 Q 1 1 Q Q q Q DC2 R 2 2 R R r R DC3 s 3 3 S S S S DC4 T 4 4 T T t T NAK U 5 5 U U u U SYN V 6 6 V V V ETB W 7 7 w W CAN X 8 8 X X x X EM Y 9 9 Y Y y Y SuB Z i IZ Z Z 2 Z ESC A F 96K P FS B lt G L RQ GS C H M R RS D gt N x 90S US E 96J _ O DEL T Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding Code 128 Code 128 is an alphanumeric bar code It is a high density variable length continuous code which employs multiple element widths Code 128 has three possible start codes The start code defines the code set Code A B or C that will be used to generate the barcode The Epic 880 allows the code set to be specified or it can be select by the printer based on the information in the data field To specify code set ESC b lt 2 gt lt Code gt information ETX If t
5. 2292 IMAGE OF 2260 NOT EQUAL TO 2261 IDENTICAL TO 2264 LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2265 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2266 LESS THAN OVER EQUAL TO 2267 GREATER THAN OVER EQUAL TO 226E NOT LESS THAN 226F NOT GREATER THAN 2295 CIRCLED PLUS 2299 CIRCLED DOT OPERATOR 22A5 UP TACK 22BF RIGHT TRIANGLE 2312 ARC 2460 CIRCLED DIGIT ONE 2461 CIRCLED DIGIT TWO 2462 CIRCLED DIGIT THREE 2463 CIRCLED DIGIT FOUR 2464 CIRCLED DIGIT FIVE 2465 CIRCLED DIGIT SIX 2466 CIRCLED DIGIT SEVEN 2467 CIRCLED DIGIT EIGHT 2468 CIRCLED DIGIT NINE 2469 CIRCLED NUMBER TEN 2474 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT ONE 2475 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT TWO 2476 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT THREE 2477 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FOUR 2478 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT FIVE 2479 PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SIX 247A PARENTHESIZED DIGIT SEVEN 247B PARENTHESIZED DIGIT EIGHT 247C PARENTHESIZED DIGIT NINE 247D PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TEN 247E PARENTHESIZED NUMBER ELEVEN 247F PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWELVE 2480 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER THIRTEEN 2481 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FOURTEEN 2482 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER FIFTEEN 2483 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SIXTEEN 2484 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER SEVENTEEN 2485 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER EIGHTEEN 2486 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER NINETEEN 2487 PARENTHESIZED NUMBER TWENTY 2488 DIGIT ONE FULL STOP 2489 DIGIT TWO FULL STOP 248A DIGIT THREE FULL STOP
6. 68 TransAct Control Codes and 68 PcOS Printer Control Codes r 68 Quick PCOS Reference Chalt 70 Low Level Paper Motion Control Y 76 Horizontal Motion Control n eene nnne 77 Vertical Motion Control sssssssssssee mener 79 Feed to Black Dot ue ndr Re RI He e ee XV ERR rara 86 Charaeter chee 88 Character Fort 93 Character Sets and Code Pages L 94 Double Byte and Multi Byte Code Page Description Files 96 Code Page Selector dis eae eedem oe Hones Sedi Poet cB ceti ee 96 Page Mode mc D Mm 106 Graphic MOGdG a usa oce tuer cete eset bete ete ep eee qoe SAO ep a a D ga 115 Graphics Compression enne nen ree ren rennen rennen 120 Simple Raster 121 User Store Graphic Save and 122 Legacy User et ttn etas idit ate eat 129 Bar CodeS nas C e n
7. Unicode Range Use 0x0000 0x007F Controls and Basic Latin 0x0000 0x001F CO controls 0x0020 0x007F ASCII 0x0080 0x00FF C1 Controls and Latin 1 Supplement 0x00A0 0x00FF Latin1 0x0100 0x017F Latin Extended A 0x0180 0x024F Latin Extended B 0x0250 0x02AF IPA Extensions 0x02B0 0x02FF Spacing Modifier Letters 0x0300 0x036F Combining Diacritical Marks 0x0370 0x03FF Greek 0x0400 0x04FF Cyrillic 0x0500 0x052F Unassigned zone 0500 052F 0x0530 0x058F Armenian 0x0590 OxO5FF Hebrew 0x0600 0x06FF Arabic 0x0700 0x08FF Unassigned 0700 08FF 0x0900 0x097F Devanagari Based on ISCII 1988 0x0980 0x09FF Bengali Based on ISCII 1988 0x0A00 OxOA7F Gurmukhi Based on ISCII 1988 0x0A80 OxOAFF Gujarati Based on ISCII 1988 0x0B00 0x0B7F Oriya Based on ISCII 1988 0x0B80 OxOBFF Tamil Based on ISCII 1988 0x0C00 0x0C7F Telugu Based on ISCII 1988 0x0C80 0x0CFF Kannada Based on ISCII 1988 0x0D00 0x0D7F Malayalam Based on ISCII 1988 0x0D80 OxODFF Unassigned zone 0D80 0DFF 0x0D80 OxODFF Sinhala Pre Unicode 2 0 OxOEO00 OxOE7F Thai Based on TIS 620 2529 0x0E80 OxOEFF Lao Based on TIS 620 2529 OxOF00 OxOF7F Burmese Pre Unicode 2 0 0x0F00 OxOFBF Tibetan OxOF80 OxOFFF Khmer Pre Unicode 2 0 0x1000 0x105F Tibetan Pre Unicode 2 0 0x1060 0x109F Mongolian Pre Unicode 2 0 0x10A0 Ox10FF Georgian 0x1100 Ox11FF Hangul Jamo 0x1100 Ox11F9 Korean combining alphabet 0x1200 0x137F Ethiopian Post Unicode 2 0 0x
8. ee 242 Do you want to print from a Windows application 242 Windows Printer Driver 243 PC M 243 243 OPOS driver yu sua ua a amana see een Fea ke a ERR ER RE P E e edel 244 PC Hardware RR EA 244 USB driVemu Gi 245 POSPrinter Activex Control POSPrinter OCX 246 PC Hardware es idest ee er d ee a had e ERN EY coves REVELA Re Fu n ipn NER RR eh 246 Appendix A Unicode Character Addresses 247 Appendix B WGL4 0 Character Addresses 249 Appendix C GB18030 Character Addresses Appendix D Typical Code Page Definition 261 Appendix E Internal Code Pages 263 Appendix F ASCII Code Table 265 Appendix G Ordering Supplies 266 Je NEEN ENAERE 267 100 88002 Rev B 100 88002 Rev B Page ix Page x Figures Figure 1 Epic 880 Printer tado DRE 11 Figure 2 Epic 880 Dimensions cccscssssssssessssssesssssssessnsssecesesecesecssacecseeesenens 13 Figure Temperature and Humidity 14 Figure 4 Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics CONFIG buttons and indicator 2
9. M 25 Figure 5 Location of Diagnostics Config Button 27 Figure 6 Auto feeding a Paper Roll a 34 Figure 7 Startup message in Field Configuration mode 41 Figure 8 Sample pre loaded configuration 42 Figure 9 Epic 880 Mounting Locations 45 Figure 10 Bezel Mounting and Hardware 46 Figure 11 45 Up Spindle LOGStloris od ed 47 Figure 12 Straight Back Spindle Location a 48 Figure 13 Angle Down Spindle Location 48 Figure 14 Straight Down Center Spindle 49 Figure 15 Straight Down Rear Spindle 50 Figure 16 Retract Opening uuu daten ak eeu te percipe etae reae acu 51 Figure 17 Dimensions for Retract Opening 52 Figure 18 Sensor Breakdown and 55 Figure 19 Transport Ticket Taken Sensor a 56 Figure 20 Transport Ticket Retract Sensor a 57 Figure 21 Communicatio
10. E J iu 0 0 05 ESU 10 15 29 00 100 88002 Rev B Page 195 Page 196 1552 MEN NOTE Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI If the requested spacing is zero the character spacing will be defined by the character definition and will result in variable spacing Line spacing The legacy commands select line spacing as lines per inch With scalable characters the lines per inch is a minimum spacing If a character is larger then the spacing between lines the line spacing will be increased to allow enough room for the characters on that line Selecting character size by points In addition to the legacy or classic method of character size selection the Epic 88 allows selection by point size Point sizes from 4 to 72 points may be selected for both the horizontal and vertical axes If a horizontal point size of zero 0 is selected for the horizontal spacing the characters are printed using variable spacing based on the character definition using the vertical point size for the horizontal point size o To provide fine control over character size two commands are available one of which specifies the size in points and the other of which specifies the size in 1 4 point increments If the font is a stroke font the boldness of the characters is controlled through variations in individual stroke width Internal Fonts The Epic 8
11. 10 Function Initiate Unicode UTF 8 Text only Encoding MBCS All ASCII ESC T Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 54H Decimal lt 27 gt 43 84 Description The ESC T command will put the printer into UTF 8 Text only character encoding mode of operation This mode is identical to the UTF 8 mode described above except commands and there parameters are not UTF encoded For example the following command would be used to select underline on ESC W 128 If true UTF 8 encoding were in effect the 128 parameter would be UTF encoded to ESC W 194 128 With UTF 8 Text only mode this command is simply ESC W 128 Note This command also applies to graphic data being sent to the printer The graphic data is a command and not text It is not UTF 8 encoded 100 88002 Rev B Function Initiate Normal 8 bit ASCII Character Encoding All ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 41H Decimal 27 43 65 Description The ESC A command will put the printer into normal character encoding mode of operation One byte one character In this mode international characters must be selected by selecting the appropriate code page for translation 100 88002 Rev B Page 209 Page 210 Font Size and Spacing The font typically defines the character size and line spacing The typical font is proportional spaced That is the spacing between characters varies This is not always the most desirable mode of operation To give the
12. E Parti Md e B ER ERE RENS 131 Electronic Journal x cepe rt d 141 Transport ern ch ehe pas o e e ee p D ER EA 152 Miscellaneous Control rrr 154 Remote Power Controlee aseeseen eeen nnne AAE AE Ea era A SA ai 160 Documented Extended Control 161 Printer Status rco p E HERO CR Ea Or Fo RE EE SEVERE LETTO ERE RR ERR 162 Inquire Commands rrr nnne 163 Double Level Loader 177 Entering Field Boot Load Mode eese 177 Epic 8801 Color Graphics LR K KK K KK K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K 179 Printing re pe toner onte tot ems 181 Character GraphiCs ua DR tege cie Dev T e RO EL RR PR s 181 APA Graphi Siae ri rr o a E e DO E ER Ia Hd ee e ae e ed 182 Epic 880 Universal Color Graphics seen 183 Print File Graphics netten ern ere nude ne na HO a P HO RR AR REDIERE DER S 184 Store Graphics in the printer cccccceccceccceecccececeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaaeesaeenaeeaas 184 How universal color graphics is done a 185 How to use IPCL commands in text strings a
13. Typically the row and columns should be set to 0 so that auto encoding will be used The X and Y aspect represent the number of dots horizontally and vertically to form the smallest image element Values of 2 for each produce very small elements and is probably too small unless good paper is used The defaults are 3 by 9 which produce easily readable barcodes Error correcting levels are selected using one of two methods The first is a fixed level 100 88002 Rev B V Level Code Word 48 Level 0 2 49 Level 1 4 50 Level 2 8 51 Level 3 16 52 Level 4 32 53 Level 5 64 54 Level 6 128 55 Level 7 256 56 Level 8 512 The second way is to determine correction level based on the amount of data in the barcode This is determined by calculating a correction ration based on the formula Cf v 0 1 Len Cf Level Code Word 0 3 Level 1 4 4 10 Level 2 8 11 20 Level 3 16 21 45 Level 4 32 46 100 Level 5 64 101 200 Level 6 128 201 400 Level 7 256 401 Up Level 8 512 Function Set bar code height ASCII ESC EM B lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 42H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 25 gt 66 n IPCL amp BH lt m gt EPOS GS h n Description The ESC EM B n command sets the bar code height where lt n gt 24 is the number dots The default is n 4 and results in a barcode that is about 0 47 inches high 100 88
14. Description The ESC 4 0 command begins 12 x 12 draft like print mode Draft print is provided to maintain compatibility with other TransAct products ESC Set print size mode Legacy Command ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 49H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 73 gt lt n gt IPCL amp QT 12 x 12 draft mode amp QU 12 x 14 large draft mode amp QL 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ mode amp QS 24 x 16 near letter quality NLQ mode EPOS GS n and or ESC n Description The ESC n e g capital i command begins draft large draft or near letter quality print mode Wheren 0 12x 12 like draft 1 12x 14 like large draft 2 24 x 16 like near letter quality NLQ 3 24 x 16 like near letter quality NLQ 4 7 repeats 0 3 Note 1 The all characters printed by the Epic 880 are generated from scaleable fonts All these mode selections configure the font rendering code to generate fonts that are approximately equivalent to the matrix sizes indicated 100 88002 Rev B Page 93 Page 94 Character Sets and Code Pages The Epic 880 Printer is primarily intended to be used in Unicode based systems However to provide legacy support the printer supports 8 bit and double byte ASCII encoding with code pages When not using Unicode or double byte encoding the printer is restricted to the 8 bit ASCII character set To support international languages the characters that are assig
15. ESC G Begin italics ASCII ESC 96 G Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 47H Decimal 27 37 71 IPCL amp 96MI EPOS ESC 4 Description The ESC G command begins italic print mode Note Italics are not available in all print modes ESC 96 H End italics ASCII ESC 96 H Hexadecimal 1BH 25H 48H Decimal 27 37 72 IPCL amp EPOS ESC 5 Description The ESC H command ends italic print mode 100 88002 Rev B Page 105 Page 106 Page Mode The Epic 880 supports two operational modes standard and page mode In standard mode as a line of text is received it is buffered and printed when the line feed is received In page mode the printer waits for a complete page a number of lines to be received before printing the complete page The advantage of page mode is that text and or graphics can be placed anywhere on the page in any order and in any of 4 orientations How to use page mode Page mode requires two phases to operate correctly 1 Page definition a Define the master page size either just before or just after entering page mode b Optionally define a sub page The master page defines the maximum page size all sub pages must be smaller and contained within the master page Master and sub page definitions are always done base on the 0 degree orientation not the current rotation c Optionally set an orientation This may be 0 90 180 or 270 degrees d Optionally set the entry p
16. IPCL amp CL m EPOS none Description The ESC c lt n gt command selects the print color Where lt n gt 0 Black 1 Red 2 Green 3 Blue SO Begin one line double wide print ASCII SO Hexadecimal OEH Decimal lt 14 gt IPCL amp MW EPOS none Description The SO command causes subsequent characters to be printed at twice the currently selected character width For example ten cpi becomes five cpi 17 cpi becomes 8 5 cpi etc The SO command remains in effect until a valid line terminator is received CR LF or ESC J n fine line feed the command is canceled or the maximum number of characters per line is reached and the printer performs an auto print DC4 Cancel one line double wide print ASCII DC4 Hexadecimal 14H Decimal lt 20 gt IPCL amp MN EPOS none Description The DC4 command cancels one line double wide mode set by the SO command and allows single and double wide characters to be printed on the same line Page 100 100 88002 Rev B ESC X Enable Disable Strike Through ASCII ESC _ n Hexadecimal 1BH 5FH 01H Decimal lt 27 gt 95 n IPCL amp 96MO Begin IPCL amp CO End EPOS ESC lt n gt Description The ESC 1 command begins over score print mode All subsequent text leading spaces and trailing spaces are over scored ESC _ 0 ends the mode Note In EPOS mode ESC n performs a similar function however ne
17. Pivot and Locating Screws Paper Spindle Bracket Figure 15 Straight Down Rear Spindle Location Figure 15 shows the straight down rear spindle position with the arm at a 90 angle down Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws This location requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that the cabling does not interfere with the paper path Note The printer is larger with the paper guide installed Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting All five positions can be duplicated on the control panel side of the printer with the exception of the straight down center location shown in Figure 14 as the control panel occupies that location Page 50 100 88002 Rev B Retract Opening When mounting the Epic 800 printer clearance must be allowed for a ticket retract opening located on the underside of the front of the unit as shown Retract opening Figure 16 Retract Opening The dimensions of this opening are as shown in Figure 17 100 88002 Rev B Page 51 400 Figure 17 Dimensions for Retract Opening Page 52 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 6 Printer Sensors 100 88002 Rev B Page 53 This page intentionally left blank Page 54 100 88002 Rev B Printer Sensors Printer Sensors The Epic 880 printer uses several sensors to provide feedback to the host system as pictured in the figures below Anti Jam Sensor Paper Out Sensor Top of Form Sensor Cover Open Switch insid
18. 186 TC cc Ec t 186 Universal Graphics Command Descriptions 187 Bitmapped File Graphic 189 Epic 880 Coupon Cut Logo Feature seen 190 Unicode and Fonts LE K K I K K K K K K K K K K K K KK K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K 191 elc TI 193 Character Generation ccccccccceccceccceccceeeeeeeceeeeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeseeaeseeeeeaeeaaes 193 InterhalFOnts RE HDI GAGS I I Sue eae sans Reais 196 CUSTOM Su N a k sas a hun aha as 196 Stacked or Linked fonts nsn 197 OIRE O E CUP 197 BitmapEOrts E E EEEE 199 100 88002 Rev B Page vii Page viii Unicode 202 UnicodeErieodiigxu ou Sus aus PET 202 File system and the POR INI file MEER Red 204 Font Size and Spacing et pe tute nd ea a e pugne uc eui ate cut x Rea E e aces 210 Font Size and Spacing command 211 Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed 217 User Defined Characters 217 Dynamic Code Page
19. 217 File System BERR K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K RRR RRR K K K K eee K K K K K K K K K K K K K 219 File System Interface sassa bsp ate toes de 221 File System Commands 221 Epic 880 Extended Printer Control 227 Remote Printer Reset nemen erem 232 Reset in Serial eem 232 Miscellaneous Communication Features a 233 Power cycle Recovery 233 Off line Controls D A nnne nnn nnn nnn nennen 233 Remote Boot Load Mode 234 USB Recovery Watch Dog eese nennen 235 Recovery from Mechanical Errors een 237 Epic 880 Programmers Notes 239 General Notes c m Go 241 What Drivers Are 241 DI STIMITIONS eet E DD DEED 241 Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface 241 Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port 242 Are you using OPOS UnifiedPOS UPOS
20. 248B DIGIT FOUR FULL STOP 248C DIGIT FIVE FULL STOP 248D DIGIT SIX FULL STOP 248E DIGIT SEVEN FULL STOP 248F DIGIT EIGHT FULL STOP 2490 DIGIT NINE FULL STOP 2491 NUMBER TEN FULL STOP 2492 NUMBER ELEVEN FULL STOP 2493 NUMBER TWELVE FULL STOP 2494 NUMBER THIRTEEN FULL STOP 2495 NUMBER FOURTEEN FULL STOP 2496 NUMBER FIFTEEN FULL STOP 2497 NUMBER SIXTEEN FULL STOP 2498 NUMBER SEVENTEEN FULL STOP 2499 NUMBER EIGHTEEN FULL STOP 249A NUMBER NINETEEN FULL STOP 2498 NUMBER TWENTY FULL STOP 2500 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL 2501 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY HORIZONTAL 2502 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL 2503 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL 258 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH HORIZONTAL p BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH HORIZONTAL PENE BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT TRIPLE DASH VERTICAL Pam BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY TRIPLE DASH VERTICAL nET BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE DASH HORIZONTAL 509 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE DASH HORIZONTAL JUR BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT QUADRUPLE DASH VERTICAL et BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY QUADRUPLE DASH VERTICAL PER BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT An BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY 230E RIGHT LIGHT SEDE BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND 2510 LEFT zem BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY n BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND 2918 LEFT 2514 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT m BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RI
21. A 1BH 2BH 41H none 209 encoding File System Commands Open File ESC RS O lt Mod gt 1BH 1EH 4FH none 221 FileName lt 0 gt Return Free Space for Open File ESC RS S 1BH 1EH 53H none 222 Return Free Space for Partition ESC RS s 1BH 1EH 73H none 222 Return Last File Command Status ESC RS 1BH 1EH 3FH none 224 Page 74 100 88002 Rev B Close File ESC RS C 1BH 1EH 43H none 223 Close All Files ESC RS K 1BH 1EH 4BH none 223 Open File ESC RS O 1BH 1EH 4FH none 221 FileName 0 Set Clear File Attributes ESC RS A Atb 1BH 1EH 41H none 223 FileName 0 Write File Data ESC RS W lt gt 1BH 57H none 224 lt L gt data Read File Data ESC RS R L 1BH 1EH 52H none 225 Lu File Directory File ESC RS 1BH 1EH 49H none 225 Delete all Files in partition ESC RS E p 1BH 1EH 45H none 225 De fragment File system ESC RS F 1BH 1EH 46H none 225 Verify File System ESC RS V 1BH 1EH 56H none 226 Miscellaneous Commands Set left right margins ESC X ni n2 1BH 58H none 154 N Left margin n2 Right margin Clear print buffer CAN 18H amp RP 154 Query marker ESC q n 1BH 71H none 155 Perform Auto Cut ESC v 1BH 76H amp FC 155 Initialize printer ESC 1BH 40H none 155 Inquire status Refer to command ENQ lt n gt 05H none 163 descriptions Activate Periodic Sta
22. Off 3 to 15 Volts Space On 3 to 15 Volts Note Power may be applied through this connector or the 4 pin power connector See the DC Power Requirements section for 24 volt power requirements Note GND is the 24V return Note FGND and GND are connected in the printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 19 Page 20 USB Interface The USB interface supports USB Version 2 0 High speed or full speed The standard USB interface is implemented through a standard Series B receptacle as defined in the USB Specification The printer is self powered and does not draw power from the standard type B USB interface cable The Standard USB Type B connector has the following pin functions Pin Signal 1 Vbus 5 V This is used to select between Interfaces 2 Minus data 3 Plus data 4 Ground Note The standard USB interface does not have enough power to run the printer It is not possible to power the printer with the USB cable alone USB Configuration To allow the application to use a virtual serial port or a USB printer port to interact with the printer the EPIC 880 supports both ports and can be configured to support a Virtual COM port or a USB Printer device The USB section of the configuration allows USB Mode USB Enumeration and whether the printer will perform a normal Windows plug and play operation to be configured The default is printer port use description with Windows PnP on You should configure these options
23. Standard variable length presenter capable of handling from 63 5 to 254 mm 2 5 10 inches length tickets Stroke based fonts capable of supporting Asian and Latin characters Standard ticket retract feature Standard illuminated bezel assembly Translucent blue These features and more let you quickly and easily integrate reliable ticket printing in your gaming and kiosk applications while giving you the quality durability and uptime you have come to expect from TransAct printers 100 88002 Rev B Page 3 Page 4 Who Should Read This Guide This document provides information useful to original equipment manufacturers OEM who will integrate the Epic 880 printer into their products What Is Included in This Guide This Integration Manual includes information on the mechanical electrical and command language requirements of the Epic 880 printer It provides the following information to support your integration efforts Warranty and technical support information Specifications and functionality description Mounting requirements and mounting locations Power and interface connections Operational procedures Programming information including documentation of low level and high level command interfaces as well as sample scripts to guide your own implementation efforts We want you to have a trouble free implementation with your TransAct printer For any issues not covered in this guide quality technical support is
24. is available with a transport that allows a printed ticket to be delivered only after the ticket is cut To allow configuration and control of this feature several commands are provided Note see ENQ lt 29 gt below for Jam and Transport status The Epic 880 has a ticket retract feature It can be configured to automatically retract a ticket after a period of time or by command This is configurable in the configuration or by command Function Set Transport Mode and Maximum ticket Loop ASCII ESC i lt f gt lt v gt Hexadecimal 1BH 69H lt f gt lt v gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 105 gt lt f gt lt v gt Description This command configured the transport operation and sets the maximum ticket loop allowed to be captured by the transport There are three features configured by this command This first is if the transport will hold or drop the delivered ticket The second is if the Cut command will automatically deliver the ticket through the transport The third is how long of a ticket may be stored in the transport before it is cut Where f Feature and v setting if f 1 then v sets the maximum ticket that can be stored in the transport where v to 16 inches if f 2 2 then v sets the Drop of Hold setting where v 1 for drop and 0 for hold if f then v sets the Cut and transport mode where v 0 the cut command will also transport the ticket If v 1 the cut will not transport the ticket The ticket must be transpor
25. nz nsa ni 0 IPCL none EPOS ESC B ni nz lt gt ni 0 Description The ESC B n4 n2 na ni 0 command sets tab stops at line positions specified by n The end of the setting is specified by a 0 All previously set tabs will be cleared If n is less than nn 1 then the command is in error and all of the following information is printed In other words tab stops must be entered sequentially in order to be accepted A total of 64 tab stops can be specified The power on default is a vertical tab on every line ESC R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ASCII ESC R Hexadecimal 1BH 52H Decimal lt 27 gt 82 IPCL amp 96HV EPOS none Description The ESC R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to power up configuration The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces i e 9 17 25 etc The vertical default is every line FF Form feed ASCII FF Hexadecimal OCH Decimal lt 12 gt IPCL amp FF EPOS none Description The FF command performs a form feed to the top of the form Note The form feed command can be disabled by setting the form length to zero Note In page mode this command ends page mode It does not position the paper to top of form 100 88002 Rev B Page 83 ESC 4 Set top of form ASCII ESC 4 Hexadecimal 1BH 34H Decimal 27 52 IPCL amp ESC L Description The ESC 4 command s
26. 0 7 in or 18mm Max width is 576 dots Cut point is after bottom most print data Bottom most print data End of page Unused page area definition is not printed Figure 26 Default Page mode printed area Page 110 100 88002 Rev B Function Set Printed Area in Page Mode Enhanced ASCII ESC SUB W XO XO YO gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt Hi Hu Hexadecimal 1BH 57H XO XO YO YOu2 W 2 Wyu Hi Hg Decimal 272 26 872 XO XO YO YOQ2 W Wyu Hi Hu IPCL None EPOS ESC W Description This command is similar Set Print Area in Page Mode command above however it will force the complete page to be printer rather than only what is used It will define sub pages however is intended to set the initial page size Where XO XO the x direction offset Min 0 YO YO the y direction offset Min 0 W W 7 the width in dots Max 576 lt H gt lt H gt the height in dots Max 3000 This command should always be sent before or immediately after select page mode command and will define the initial page size This command differs from the Set Print Area in Page Mode command in that it does not allow the page to be shortened The complete page is printed even if it is not used Cut to print offset 0 7 in or 18mm Start of page definition Max width is 576 dots End of page definition Bottom most print data i Cu
27. 24 Hexadecimal 05H 18H Decimal 5 24 Function The ENQ 24 command reports Color Cartridge status Response ACK 24 Length 40 n4 n2 n3 Where 24 Is the echo of command ni Secondary Color 0 Not supported 1 Red 2 Green 4 Blue no Primary Color 16 Black na Color Status bit 0 Not defined bit 1 Not defined bit 2 Secondary Color Not Supported bit 3 0 always bit 4 0 always bit 5 0 always bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always Page 170 100 88002 Rev B 29 Inquire Jam Transport Status ASCII ENQ 29 Hexadecimal 05H 1DH Decimal 5 lt 29 gt Function The ENQ 29 command reports Jam and Transport status Response ACK lt 29 gt lt 41 gt lt n gt Where 29 Is the echo of command n Status bit 0 Paper Jammed before the cut bit 1 Paper Jammed after the cut bit 2 0 always bit 3 Ticket in transport bit 4 Jam Sensor bit 5 1 always bit 6 0 always bit 7 0 always ENQ lt 30 gt Inquire Sensor Status ASCII ENQ lt 30 gt Hexadecimal 05H 1EH Decimal lt 5 gt 30 Function The ENQ 30 command reports sensor status Response ACK lt 30 gt lt 41 gt lt n gt Where 30 Is the echo of command n Status bit 0 Cover bit 1 Paper Out bit 2 Top Of Form bit 3 Transport bit 4 Jam Sensor bit 5 1 always bit 6 Feed bit 7 0 always 100 88002 Rev B Page 171 Page
28. 3010 LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET 3084 HIRAGANA LETTER YA 3011 RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET 3085 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YU 3012 POSTAL MARK 3086 HIRAGANA LETTER YU 3013 GETA MARK 3087 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YO 3014 LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET 3088 HIRAGANA LETTER YO 3015 RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET 3089 HIRAGANA LETTER RA 3016 LEFT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET 308A HIRAGANA LETTER RI 3017 RIGHT WHITE LENTICULAR BRACKET 308B HIRAGANA LETTER RU 301D REVERSED DOUBLE PRIME 308C HIRAGANA LETTER RE QUOTATION MARK 308D HIRAGANA LETTER RO 301E DOUBLE PRIME QUOTATION MARK 308bE HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL WA 3021 HANGZHOU NUMERAL ONE 308F HIRAGANA LETTER WA 3022 HANGZHOU NUMERAL TWO 3090 HIRAGANA LETTER WI 3023 HANGZHOU NUMERAL THREE 3091 HIRAGANA LETTER WE 3024 HANGZHOU NUMERAL FOUR 3092 HIRAGANA LETTER WO 3025 HANGZHOU NUMERAL FIVE 3093 HIRAGANA LETTER N 3026 HANGZHOU NUMERAL SIX 309B KATAKANA HIRAGANA VOICED SOUND 3027 HANGZHOU NUMERAL SEVEN MARK 3028 HANGZHOU NUMERAL EIGHT 309C KATAKANA HIRAGANA SEMI VOICED 3029 HANGZHOU NUMERAL NINE SOUND MARK 303E IDEOGRAPHIC VARIATION INDICATOR 309D HIRAGANA ITERATION MARK 3041 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL A 309E HIRAGANA VOICED ITERATION MARK 3042 HIRAGANA LETTER A 30A1 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL A 3043 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL I 30A2 KATAKANA LETTER A 3044 HIRAGANA LETTER I 30A3 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL I 3045 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL U 30A4 KATAKANA LETTER 3046 HIRAGANA LETTER U 30A5 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL U 3047 H
29. 70 Power Control Remote 160 Power Cycle Status Inquire 165 Power cycle recovery 233 Print buffer control 154 Print Current Configuration 231 Print Current totals 231 Print margins setting 154 Print Quality Mode Setting 93 Print Style Setting 102 Printer Paper Roll Specifications 18 Printing Specifications 18 Printer Block Diagram 63 Printer Care 25 Printer ID Inquire 168 Printer Reset Requesting 164 Printer Sensors 55 Printer State Inquire 166 Printer Status 162 Printer Status LED 31 Printer Status Inquire 163 166 Process User Macro 129 Programmer s Notes 241 Programming Considerations 122 Q Quad Density Graphics Printing 116 Query marker 155 157 R Read and return Totals 229 Recovery form Mechanical Errors 237 Regulatory Compliance iii Remote Power Control 160 Remote Reset 232 Return Materials Authorization 6 Select Color 100 Select Subscript 104 Select Superscript 104 Self Test Using 28 Sensors 100 88002 Rev B Page 269 Anti Jam 56 Paper Low 55 Ticket Low 55 Ticket Taken 56 57 Top of Form 55 Top of Form 55 Serial Communications PCB 19 61 Single Density Graphics Printing 115 Specifications 18 Paper Roll 18 Power Requirements 15 Printing 18 Radiated Emissions 17 Reliability 14 Specifications and Requirements 11 Standard APA Graphics 115 Standard Emulation 68 Start up Macro Flagging 124 Status Inquire 162 Status Inq
30. Auto Cutter Position A full cut auto cutter is a standard feature with all TransAct Epic 880 printers Cutter type Guillotine Media width 82 5 mm 3 25 inches Media thickness range 0 0022 to 0 0035 inch Cut to line of print 0 38 inch Cutter life 1 000 000 cuts POS grade 750 000 cuts Lottery grade Cut time Less than 750 milliseconds Paper Out A receipt paper out sensor is provided as a standard feature which senses when approximately 5 inches length of paper is left on the paper roll Page 18 100 88002 Rev B Communications Interface RS232 Serial Communications Interface The RS232 Serial interface connector is a 14 position Molex Minifit Jr amp part number 39 30 1140 which mates with Molex part number 39 01 2140 or equivalent 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 14 14 pin Direction Description Pin 1 No connect Pin 2 IN Data Set Ready Pin 3 No connect Pin 4 IN Clear to Send Pin 5 Signal Ground Pin 6 24V Pin 7 Signal Ground Pin 8 24V Pin 9 No connect Pin 10 Frame Ground Pin 11 IN Receive Data Pin 12 OUT Transmit Data Pin 13 OUT Data Terminal Ready Pin 14 OUT Request to Send Table 2 Serial Interface Pin outs Signal Voltage and Current levels The serial interface meets EIA RS232 interface specifications Voltage Levels Max 15 Volts Min 3 Volts Mark
31. Enable disable Strike through ESC n 1BH 5FH amp CO n 0 101 n 0 End amp MO n 1 n 1 Begin Begin underline mode ESC lt n gt 1BH 2DH amp CU n 0 103 n 0End amp MU n 1 Begin n 1 Begin enhanced print ESC G 1BH 47H amp ME 103 End enhanced print ESC H 1BH 48H amp CE 103 Begin emphasized print ESC E 1BH 45H amp MM 104 End emphasized print ESC F 1BH 46H amp CM 104 Set print style See command ESC 1BH 5BH amp DH 102 description 40H amp SH Select superscript ESC S 0 1BH 53H OOH amp SP 104 Select subscript ESC S lt 1 gt 1BH 53H 01H amp SB 104 End superscript or subscript ESC T 1BH 54H amp SE 105 Begin italics ESC 96 G 1BH 25H 47H amp 96MI 105 End italics ESC 96 H 1BH 25H 48H amp Cl 105 Page Mode Select page mode ESC t n 1BH 74H amp PM 107 Set page mode page size ESC u lt gt 1BH 75H amp PS 112 Set page mode page position ESC o lt gt 1BH 6FH none 114 Set Page Mode Size Enhanced ESC SUB S 1BH 1AH 53H none 109 Set Page Mode Printed Area ESC SUB W 1BH 1AH 57H none 111 Set Page Position Enhanced ESC SUB A 1BH 1AH 41H amp PY 114 Set Page Position Relative ESC SUB R 1BH 1AH 41H none 114 Exit page mode FF OCH amp FF 114 APA Graphics Print single density graphics ESC K n4 nz 1BH 4BH none 115 lt gt 0 255 lt n2 gt 0 3 len lt n gt 256 n Print half speed double d
32. OxF4 Ox00F4 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxF5 Ox00F5 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE OxF6 Ox00F6 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS OxF7 Ox00F7 DIVISION SIGN OxF8 Ox00F8 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH STROKE OxF9 Ox00F9 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE OxFA Ox00FA LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE OxFB Ox00FB LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxFC OxOOFC LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS OxFD OxOOFD LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE OxFE OxOOFE LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN OxFF OxOOFF LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS 0x89 0x2030 PER MILLE SIGN Ox8A Ox0160 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CARON 8 0 2039 SINGLE LEFT POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK Ox8C 0x0152 LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE OE Ox8D 0x0000 Ox8E 0x017D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH CARON Ox8F 0x0000 0x90 0x0000 0x91 0x2018 LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 0x92 0x2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 0x93 0x201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 0x94 0x201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 0x95 0x2022 BULLET 0x96 0x2013 EN DASH 0x97 0x2014 EM DASH 0x98 OxO2DC SMALL TILDE 0x99 0x2122 TRADE MARK SIGN Ox9A 0 0161 LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CARON Ox9B 0x203A SINGLE RIGHT POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK Ox9C 0x0153 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE OE Ox9D 0x0000 Ox9E 0 017 LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH CARON Ox9F 0x0178 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS OxAO Ox00A0 NO BREAK SPACE OxA1 0x00A1 INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK OxA2 0x00A2 CENT S
33. available on line at www transact tech com or by telephone or fax consult the following pages for more details about our support services 100 88002 Rev B Technical and Sales Support Your printer is backed by the resources of TransAct Technologies a global technology firm with dedicated technical support and sales assistance Here is how we can help you On line Technical Support Our web site at www transact tech com is your on line portal to obtaining technical assistance with your TransAct printer Click on the Technical Support link to find support information for your printer Our on line support site also includes a convenient e mail assistance request form where you can submit support requests 24 hours a day and receive a return contact from a TransAct support technician during regular business hours Telephone Technical Support Live telephone support is available Monday through Friday from 8 AM to 5 PM local time excluding holidays We can provide general information about programming for your Epic 880 printer technical support documentation or assistance in sending a printer for service To obtain telephone support contact the number below for your region and ask for Technical Support United States 1 877 7ITHACA 1 877 748 4222 Fax 607 257 3911 Europe Middle East and Africa EMEA 011 44 170 977 2500 Fax 011 44 170 977 2505 To help us serve you faster please have the following information ready when
34. character pitch Setting tabs that are beyond the station width is possible A CR is inserted when the tab is used Printing begins at the home position The power up default is every eight spaces i e 9 17 25 and so on use the restore default procedure ESC R to set these default tabs rather than re specify the tabs 100 88002 Rev B Page 77 Page 78 ESC R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops ASCII ESC R Hexadecimal 1BH 52H Decimal 27 82 IPCL amp 96HV EPOS none Description The ESC R command resets horizontal and vertical tab stops to the power up configuration The power up horizontal default is every eight spaces i e 9 17 25 and so on The vertical default is every line ESC a Set Justification ASCII ESC a n Hexadecimal 1BH 61H n Decimal 27 97 n IPCL amp 96JL amp 96JC amp 96JR EPOS ESC a n Description The ESC a n command sets the horizontal justification Where n 0 Left justified amp 96JL 1 Center justified amp 2 Right justified amp 96JR The print format of the printer can be right center or left justified The value of n specifies the justification The power on default is left justified Note This command will print any data received before the command IE You can t print left and right justified data on the same line Note The justify commands also affect graphics ESC n Set horizontal position ASCII ESC
35. communicate with most of TransAct Technologies Printers The Driver provides the mechanisms to print in all of the print modes supported by the printer Note The TransAct Technologies OPOS driver only supports the Microsoft Windows Operating Systems Note If you are using an Ethernet printer UPOS can be configured to interact directly with the printer You do not need the VSerial Ethernet driver Do you want to print from a Windows application Microsoft supports a Windows Printing API for Windows applications This interface is intended to support typical Windows page printers and has features like begin document end document and tray selection Where this is not an ideal environment for a POS printer however there are cases where it is required To support this environment TransAct Technologies provides a Windows print driver with extensions for POS This may be down loaded and installed for most of TransAct Technologies printers Please read the Ithaca Printer API documentation included with the driver A POS printer is not the same as a typical consumer printer and requires unique consideration when using a Windows printer API interface 100 88002 Rev B Windows Printer Driver A Windows printer driver is a Microsoft specific Microsoft defined type of driver that the OS uses to translate drawing commands by a Windows application to a specific printers command set A window s printer driver is a graphics page mode
36. printer prints an EAN 13 bar code that is about 13096 the size of the nominal standard which provides optimal readability EAN 8 EAN 8 is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports EAN 8 which is a superset of UPC that encodes seven digits The printer prints an EAN 8 bar code with the seven digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than seven digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an EAN 8 bar code that is about 13096 the size of the nominal standard which provides optimal readability EAN 14 EAN 14 It is a high density fixed length numeric continuous code which employs multiple element widths EAN 14 is a subset of Code 128 that encodes FNC1 and 14 digit pairs If fewer than 14 digits are sent leading zeros will be added to complete the code Code 93 Code 93 is a variable length alphanumeric bar code The complete data field is printed by the printer Due to space limitations only 10 characters can be printed Codabar Codabar is a variable length format primarily used for numeric symbols It offers 16 data characters including the numeric digits zero through nine and and 100 88002 Rev B Page 137 Page 138 Four unique start stop characters designated A B C and D are also available Due to space limitations only 12 characters can be printed Note 1 A CR may also be used in place of the ETX
37. you However if it is desirable to have complete control the programmer should use manual mode 100 88002 Rev B Page 135 TransAct Manual Code 128 Encoding TransAct Manual Encoding Encoding Code Stick Code 128 Decimal Hex Code Stick Code 128 Decimal Hex Code Code Code Value Value Value Code Code Code Value Value Value A B C A B C Space Space 00 00 32 20 V V 54 54 86 56 01 01 33 21 55 55 87 57 i 02 02 34 22 X X 56 56 88 58 03 03 35 23 Y Y 57 57 89 59 04 04 36 24 Z Z 58 58 90 5A 96 96 05 05 37 25 59 59 91 5B amp amp 06 06 38 26 60 60 92 5C 07 07 39 27 61 61 93 50 08 08 40 28 62 62 94 5E 09 09 41 29 T 63 63 95 10 10 42 2 NUL i 64 64 96 60 11 11 43 2B SOH a 65 65 97 61 12 12 44 2C STX b 66 66 98 62 13 13 45 2D ETH c 67 67 99 63 14 14 46 2E EOT d 68 68 100 64 l 15 15 47 2F ENQ e 69 69 101 65 0 0 16 16 48 30 ACK f 70 70 102 66 1 1 17 17 49 31 BEL g 71 71 103 67 2 2 18 18 50 32 BS h 72 72 104 68 3 3 19 19 51 33 HT i 73 73 105 69 4 4 20 20 52 34 LF j 74 74 106 6A 5 5 21 21 53 35 VT k 75 75 107 6B 6 6 22 22 54 36 FF l 76 76 108 6C 7 7 23
38. 0 always 0 0 0 100 88002 Rev B Page 167 ENQ 21 Inquire printer ID ASCII ENQ 21 Hexadecimal 05H 15H Decimal 5 21 Function The ENQ 21 command returns the printer IEEE 1284 ID string Response ACK lt 21 gt n ID string Where 21 is the echo of the command ID and n is the number of return bytes in the ID string ID string is the IEEE ID return string which follows MFG TransAct CMD M880CL IPCL CLS PRINTER MDL M880 PcOS DES EPIC 880TM REV PE8800 01 00 OPTS 63xy Where x is a bit field defined as follows bit 0 1 Red support bit 1 1 Green support bit 2 1 Blue support bit 3 Always 0 bit 4 Always 1 bit 5 Always 1 bit 6 Always 0 bit 7 Always 0 The y is a bit field defined as follows bit 0 0 bit 1 Knife is installed bit 2 0 bit 3 Always 0 bit 4 Always 1 bit 5 Always 1 bit 6 Always 0 bit 7 Always 0 Page 168 100 88002 Rev B ENQ 22 Inquire error status ASCII ENQ 22 Hexadecimal 05H 16H Decimal 5 22 Function The ENQ 22 command reports on the error status Response ACK 22 n lt r gt Where 22 is the echo of the command ID n is the number of return bytes 40 28H to prevent confusion with XON XOFF n Bit status as follows bit 0 2 Cover is open bit 1 Paper is Low bit 2 Paper is out bit 3 0 bit 4 Jam Detected bit 5 The Auto Cutt
39. 1FH amp UL 126 lt Name gt 0 6CH Name Run macro data from user store ESC US r 1BH 1FH 72H amp UR 126 lt Name gt lt 0 gt Flag item as start up macro ESC US s 1BH 1FH amp 05 126 lt gt lt 0 gt 6DH Delete item from user store ESC US d 1BH 1FH 64H amp 00 127 Name 0 bri did Flush information from user store ESC US f ALL 1BH 1FH amp 0 127 lt 0 gt 66H 00H Report on user store ESC US q 1BH 1FH 72H amp UQ 127 Name 0 Name sum Return a report on user store ESC US 1BH 1FH 72H amp UQ 127 Name 0 Shame s Process user macro ESC g 0 1BH 67H 00H amp 96GP 129 Start macro record ESC g 1 1BH 67H 01H amp 96GS 129 Stop macro record ESC g x2 1BH 67H 02H amp GE 129 Stop macro record and save ESC g lt 3 gt 1BH 67H amp GW 129 03H 100 88002 Rev B Page 73 Bar Codes Print bar code ESC b n 1BH 62H amp 25 n 0 131 n 0 Interleave 2 of 5 ETX amp 39 n 1 n 1 Code 39 amp 12 n 2 n 2 Code 128 S UF n 3 n 3 UPC A UE n 5 4 EAN 13 amp 96E8 n 6 n 5 UPC E amp 93 n 7 n 6 EAN 8 n 7 Code 93 n 8 Codabar PDF 417 bar code control ESC EM E lt f gt 1BH 19H 45H none 138 lt y gt Set bar code height ESC EM B l
40. B Page 245 POSPrinter Activex Control POSPrinter OCX This is not a driver it is a software component that provides a connection from an application to a port driver This allows an application to communicate directly with a printer This approach allows an application to send the commands it wants to to the printer This approach is similar to the old DOS days of talking to a POS printer Windows Operating System Port Driver RE Hardware POS Application POSPrinter ocx Serial Serial OR OR Parallel Parallel OR Printer Driver USB Ethernet OR OR Eternet Whatever OR Whatever Figure 35 POSPrinter OCX When to use the POSPrinter OCX When the application writer wants complete control of what is sent to the printer The application must take the responsibility of sending the correct codes to the printer as well as detecting error conditions and graceful recovery from error situations When not to use the POSPrinter OCX When you do not want to deal with the low level commands sent to the printer Page 246 100 88002 Rev B Appendix A Unicode Character Addresses Note This information is based on the Unicode 3 0 Standard For specific character locations see the Unicode standard Note The Epic 880 does not contain all possible Unicode characters The default character sets are defined by the WGL4 standard
41. B1H 28594 ISO8859 4 Baltic 4 111 178 6FH B2H 28595 ISO8859 5 Cyrillic 111 179 6FH B3H 28597 ISO8859 7 Greek 111 181 6FH B5H 28599 ISO8859 9 Turkish 111 183 6FH B7H 28605 ISO8859 15 Latin 9 111 189 6FH BDH Note The ESC Select international character set command uses Code Pages 64 81 and represent old DOS code page maps They are provided to support of legacy applications They are not recommended for new applications 100 88002 Rev B Page 263 Appendix F ASCII Code Table Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII Hex Decimal ASCII e CON O RO IN Oo Q O NN IN lt x Z lt C A Zm O SN Z Z X Je Z O T m g O W gt EO g th N lt x z lt Je Jo G Jo 5 3 gt Jo Jo o E 100 88002 Rev B Page 265 Appendix G Ordering Supplies TransAct supplies cables and drivers can be ordered easily direct from the TransAct website www transact tech com or our telephone number within the US toll free 877 7TransAct other inquires 607 257 8901 When calling by phone please ask for the Sales Department Page 266 100 88002 Rev B Index BEL Audio alert 155 BS Insert back space 77 CAN
42. BETA 0451 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO 03B3 GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA 2010 HYPHEN 03B4 GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA 2013 EN DASH 03B5 GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON 2014 EM DASH 03B6 GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA 2015 HORIZONTAL BAR 03B7 GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA 2016 DOUBLE VERTICAL LINE 03B8 GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA 2018 LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 03B9 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA 2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 03BA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA 201C LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 03BB GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA 201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 03BC GREEK SMALL LETTER MU 2025 TWO DOT LEADER 03BD GREEK SMALL LETTER NU 2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS GREEK SMALL LETTER 2030 PER MILLE SIGN GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON 2032 PRIME 03CO GREEK SMALL LETTER PI 2033 DOUBLE PRIME 03C1 GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO 2035 REVERSED PRIME 03C3 GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA 203B REFERENCE MARK 03C4 GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU 20AC EURO SIGN 03C5 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON 2103 DEGREE CELSIUS 03C6 GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI 2105 CARE OF 03C7 GREEK SMALL LETTER CHI 2109 DEGREE FAHRENHEIT 03C8 GREEK SMALL LETTER PSI 2116 NUMERO SIGN 03C9 GREEK SMALL LETTER OMEGA 2121 TELEPHONE SIGN 0401 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IO 2160 ROMAN NUMERAL ONE 0410 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER A 2161 ROMAN NUMERAL TWO 0411 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER BE 2162 ROMAN NUMERAL THREE 0412 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER VE 2163 ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR 0413 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE 2164 ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE 0414 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER
43. CJK Unified Ideograph Extension A Post Unicode 2 0 0x4E00 Ox9FA5 CJK Unified Ideographs Ox9FA6 OxABFF Unassigned zone 9FA6 ABFF OxACOO OxD7A3 Hangul Syllables OxD7A4 OxD7FF Unassigned zone D7A4 D7FF 0xD800 OxDB7F High Surrogates OxDB80 OxDBFF Private Use High Surrogates 0xDC00 OxDFFF Low Surrogates 0 000 OxF8FF Private Use Area OxF900 OxFAFF CJK Compatibility Ideographs OxFBOO OxFB4F Alphabetic Presentation Forms OxFB50 OxFDFF Arabic Presentation Forms A OxFE20 OxFE2F Combining Half Marks OxFE30 OxFE4F CJK Compatibility Forms OxFE50 OxFE6F Small Form Variants OxFE70 OxFEFF Arabic Presentation Forms B OxFEFF OxFEFF Special OxFFOO OxFFEF Half width and Full width Forms OxFFFO OxFFFF Specials OxFFFO OxFFFD Specials OxFFFE OxFFFF Not character codes Page 248 100 88002 Rev B Appendix B WGL4 0 Character Addresses Note This information is based on the Microsoft s Typography web page UNICODE CHARACTER 0020 SPACE 0021 EXCLAMATION MARK 0022 QUOTATION MARK 0023 NUMBER SIGN 0024 DOLLAR SIGN 0025 PERCENT SIGN 0026 AMPERSAND 0027 APOSTROP
44. DE 2165 ROMAN NUMERAL SIX 0415 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER IE 2166 ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN 0416 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZHE 2167 ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT 0417 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ZE 2168 ROMAN NUMERAL NINE 0418 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER I 2169 ROMAN NUMERAL TEN 0419 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHORT I 216A ROMAN NUMERAL ELEVEN 041A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA 216B ROMAN NUMERAL TWELVE 041B CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL 2170 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL ONE 041C CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM 2171 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TWO 041D CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN 2172 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL THREE 041E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O 2173 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FOUR 041F CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE 2174 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL FIVE 0420 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER 2175 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SIX 0421 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES 2176 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL SEVEN 0422 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE 2177 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL EIGHT 0423 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U 2178 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL NINE 0424 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF 2179 SMALL ROMAN NUMERAL TEN 0425 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA 2190 LEFTWARDS ARROW 0426 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE 2191 UPWARDS ARROW 0427 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE 2192 RIGHTWARDS ARROW 0428 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA 2193 DOWNWARDS ARROW 0429 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA 2196 NORTH WEST ARROW 042A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN 2197 NORTH EAST ARROW 042B CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU 2198 SOUTH EAST ARROW 042C CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN 2199 SOUTH WEST ARROW 042D CYRILLIC CAPITAL
45. ESC 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 30H Decimal lt 27 gt 48 IPCL amp ST EPOS ESC 2 Description The ESC 0 command sets the default line spacing to 1 8 inch 27 216 inch which is the standard eight lines per inch line spacing at initial power up Note In EPOS mode the command sets 1 6 inch spacing or six lines per inch 100 88002 Rev B Page 79 ESC 1 Set line spacing to 21 216 inch or 7 72 inch ASCII ESC 1 Hexadecimal 1BH 31H Decimal 27 49 IPCL amp SG EPOS none Description The ESC 1 command sets the default line spacing to 21 216 inch Use 21 216 inch line spacing for all points addressable APA graphics printing ESC Set variable line spacing to n 72 inch ASCII ESC A lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 41H lt n gt Decimal 27 65 n IPCL none EPOS none Description The ESC A n command sets the default line spacing to n 72 where n 1 to 85 Variable line spacing does not take effect until enabled by the ESC 2 command The command is provided to maintain backward compatibility with the TransAct Series 50 OKIDATA IBM and other printers It can also be used to print on preprinted forms ESC 2 Enable ESC A lt n gt variable line spacing ASCII ESC 2 Hexadecimal 1BH 32H Decimal lt 27 gt 50 IPCL none EPOS none Description The ESC 2 command is a companion to the ESC A n command and puts the specified line spacing into effect It remains in effect until another
46. ESC EM P command If not previously activated with the ESC EM P command this command will activate it but not save the value through a power cycle Where n Interval in 100 MS increments IE 20 2 Seconds Setting the value to 0 disables the feature Page 176 100 88002 Rev B Double Level Loader It is desirable in some applications to allow the host application to enter boot load mode and update the firmware Normally this is prevented by design and it is not possible for the normal operating mode of the printer to enter the factory boot mode A Watch Dog timer will reset the printer if abnormal conditions are detected this timer protects the normal operating mode from being corrupted by an unexpected event The factory boot loader does not support the Watch Dog timer If for any reason the normal operating mode enters the factory boot loader the printer will reset in about 500 mS To allow the application to update the operating firmware an optional second loader is provided Entering Field Boot Load Mode To enter field Boot Load mode the following command should be used Function Enter Field Boot load mode ASCII ESC SO or ESC SO or ESC SO Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH OEH 25H Decimal 27 126 14 37 Description This command waits for 200 Ms for the printer to be idle turns off all active drivers and enters Field Boot load mode No communications should be attempted for 2 seconds after this c
47. Flag item as a start up universal graphic IPCL amp US lt Name gt amp Description The amp US lt Name gt amp command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup Only one user character definition and one universal graphic may be flagged to run at startup amp UD lt Name gt amp Delete item from user store IPCL amp UD lt Name gt amp Description The amp UD lt Name gt amp command removes an item from user store and frees up space If the item does not exist the Epic 880 ignores the command 100 88002 Rev B Page 187 amp UFALL amp Flush information from user store IPCL amp 96UFALL amp Description The amp UFALL amp command clears all entries in user store and frees the data space It must have the name ALL in uppercase attached amp UQ amp Report on user store IPCL amp 96UQ amp Description The amp UQ amp command prints a status report The intention of the command is to aid in universal graphic development amp UT lt n gt Redefine User Store Termination Character IPCL amp UT lt n gt Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name field in User Store commands to be modified The value of lt n gt is used for the terminator The value of n may be from 0 to 255 Example If amp UT were sent to the printer the User Store command to run universal graphic Demo would be amp URDemo amp CL Set Print Color IPCL amp CL
48. Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH lt m gt n4 n2 Decimal 27 42 lt m gt n4 n2 IPCL none Description The ESC m n4 n2 command selects the graphic resolution graphic modes as specified by m Where lt m gt Mode Resolution Mode Resolution 0 60 dpi 7 144 dpi 1 120 dpi 8 9 Not supported 2 120 dpi 10 102 x 102 dpi 3 240 dpi 11 203 x 102 dpi 4 80 dpi 12 102 x 203 dpi 5 72 dpi 13 203 x 203 dpi 6 90 dpi 15 16 Not supported Page 116 ESC Reassign graphic mode ASCII ESC m n Hexadecimal 1BH lt m gt n Decimal lt 27 gt 63 lt m gt n IPCL none 100 88002 Rev B Description The ESC m n command reassigns graphic resolution m to resolution n Possible values for m are K L Y or Z referent to the ESC K ESC L ESC Y and ESC Z APA graphics commands Resolutions n are zero to sixteen as follows Where m Mode Resolution Mode Resolution 0 60 dpi 7 144 dpi 1 120 dpi 8 9 Not supported 2 120 dpi 10 102 x 102 dpi 3 240 dpi L M 203x102dpi 4 80 dpi 12 102 x 203 dpi 5 72 dpi 13 203 x 203 dpi 6 90 dpi 15 16 Not supported Note Modes 11 through 13 are designed to support horizontal graphics and are not intended for APA graphics ESC U 1 Select unidirectional print ASCII ESC U l
49. If the paper you are using is included in the list of papers displayed during printer configuration that configuration should be used If not the printer should be set to Generic Color If this does not produce acceptable print quality you may select Custom Color Custom Color When using Custom Color start with a read setting of about 0 12 mJ sq mm and a black energy of 0 24 mJ sq mm First adjust the black level to produce acceptable black print DO NOT EXCEED 0 40 mJ sq mm or the paper may start to stick to the print head and cause paper jams Setting the Black energy too high will also slow the printer down All color papers tested by TransAct will operate with black levels less than 0 35 mJ sq mm When the Black energy is set adjust the Color value NEVER exceed the Black energy with the Color energy The color level can be very critical Do not attempt to make the color darker by increasing the energy to the point where black starts to appear the print quality will not be consistent Remote Configuration Remote configuration is provided for all printers and is accessed through a series of extended diagnostic and configuration commands The TransAct universal configuration program will allow the configuration to be read edited and written back to the printer It will also allow the configuration of one printer to be recorded and replicated over a number of printers The program is available from TransAct Technical Support
50. Inter character Spacing aeo 92 Table 5 Language Table ID S A eoe Media ete eae dria 97 Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix 98 Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands I 156 Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands renan Ennn 157 100 88002 Rev B Table 9 Possible Character Pitches Table 10 Requested CPI and Resulting CPI Table 11 Character Pitch 100 88002 Rev B Page xi Chapter 1 Introducing your Epic 880 Printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 1 This page intentionally left blank Page 2 100 88002 Rev B About your TransAct Epic 880 Printer The TransAct Epic 880 printer represents the very latest technology for use for thermal receipt printing specifically designed for the needs of gaming and kiosk applications It builds upon the architecture of TransAct s proven thermal printers together with a host of features specifically designed to improve the performance of your receipt printing applications including Integrated printer mechanism main controller PCB architecture Paper roll bracket spindle allowing paper roll to be mounted behind or below printer mechanism High speed 6 inches per second thermal receipt printing Barcode printing capabilities Up to six 6 inch 152 mm diameter paper roll Long life ticket cutter
51. Life 10 000 000 print lines Print Head Life 100Km min Cutter Life 1 000 000 cuts POS Grade 750 000 cuts Lottery grade 100 88002 Rev B AC Power Requirements 90 264 VAC at 47 63 Hz DC Power Requirements Thermal printers require high peak currents based on how many print elements are being used and how often High density printing requires much more current than low density printing High density printing in the horizontal axis will put extreme peak loads on the power supply These high peak currents can cause power supplies to sag roll back or even shut down A power supply with an average rating sufficient to meet the average printer requirements many not be sufficient to meet the peak requirements The power supply selection is critical to proper printer operation Typical power supplies are designed to provide a continuous well regulated voltage at an average current that does not fluctuate too much and will typically have a wattage rating based on that average current A power supply suitable for the Epic 880 could have a wattage rating of 48 watts but unless it can provide peak currents of 8 amps 192 watts and maintain 24VDC output it will not function properly Some power supplies are designed to provide multiple voltages These power supplies typically provide a logic supply voltage that requires close regulation The other voltages are not as well regulated or have post regulation In this case when the 24 volt out
52. Line Option Normal Line Spacing 8 1 LPI Input Buffer 8192 Char And so on Figure 8 Sample pre loaded configuration Once a selection is made a summary will be printed and the user will be asked to confirm the selection by pressing the FEED button If not confirmed the printer resets and the process starts over The printer will not exit this mode until one of the predefined configurations is selected and accepted If confirmed the selected configuration is recorded in the printer and made active after which the printer then resets Once a selected configuration is activated the configuration will remain active until changed Note It is possible to require that a configuration be activated before the printer can be used In this case the printer will request a configuration be selected every time it is turned on until a valid configuration is actually selected At that time the printer will operate normally 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 5 Mounting Requirements 100 88002 Rev B Page 43 This page intentionally left blank Page 44 100 88002 Rev B Mounting Requirements The compact Epic 880 design architecture can be easily configured into end applications and has multiple mounting points Note All dimensions are shown in inches and printer is shown without bezel and paper bracket spindle
53. O The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode The first invocation specifies the final page height Following invocations will define smaller windows within the initially defined page If the Set page size command is not used the page size will default to the maximum size The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees regardless of the current orientation setting This includes if the command is sent before the start page mode command after the start page mode command or as a sub page Note The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576 203 or 3 15 inches Note The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999 203 or 14 78 inches Note The printed page length will only include what actually has print data Page 112 100 88002 Rev B Function Set Page Mode Entry Position ASCII ESC SUB A X X4 Y Yu Hexadecimal 1BH 41H X Xu Yi Yu Decimal 27 2 26 65 X Xy4 Y Yyu IPCL amp lt gt lt gt EPOS ESC W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page It is only valid in page mode If the value specified is beyond the page boundary the command is ignored X and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the ESC t command and is not same as the page definition of X and Y The X and Y positions are in dots Y
54. Page 203 Page 204 File system and the POR INI file The Epic 880 Printer supports a file system to support TransAct Technologies fonts and allow the user to load and link custom fonts The POSFile tool provides a Windows interface to the printer and will allow fonts and configuration files to be loaded into the printer This tool can read and write the POR INI file however the TransAct supplied fonts can not be read or deleted from the printer TrueType and Compressed Stroke Fonts are supported by the Epic 880 Printer User defined TrueType fonts many be defined and loaded into the printer however once in the printer they can not be extracted This protects the copyrights on the font The POR INI file is used to control how fonts are named identified and linked as well as allowing how the font to be printed is controlled The following is an example of the POR INI file Default System Configuration encoding mode UTF8TXT NOTE A code page is only used in ASCII mode To specify a code page use one of the following forms CodePage 437 CPFile CP8959 1 cpm To remap Unicode characters define a UniRemap cpm file UniMapfile UniRemap cpm font Optionally specify the Cache Partitions Fontcache 1024 512 256 True Type font hinting may be disabled by setting Nohint to 1 Nohint 0 Specify Linked fonts starting with LinkFont1 LinkFont1 will be searched first You may specify up to 8
55. S 0192 LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT F FLORIN SIGN prr LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE MES LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE AND ACUTE LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE WITH ACUTE O1FD LATIN SMALL LIGATURE AE WITH ACUTE SHEE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE AND ACUTE LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH STROKE AND ACUTE 0206 NONSPACING CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 02C7 MODIFIER LETTER HACEK 02C9 MODIFIER LETTER MACRON 100 88002 Rev B 02D8 BREVE 02D9 DOT ABOVE 02DA RING ABOVE 02DB OGONEK 02DC NONSPACING TILDE 02DD MODIFIER LETTER DOUBLE PRIME 0384 GREEK TONOS 0385 GREEK DIALYTIKA TONOS 0386 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS 0387 GREEK ANO TELEIA 0388 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS 0389 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA WITH TONOS 038A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS 038C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON WITH TONOS 038E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH TONOS 038F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA WITH TONOS 0390 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS 0391 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA 0392 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA 0393 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA 0394 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA 0395 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON 0396 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ZETA 0397 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA 0398 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA 0399 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA 039A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA 039B GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA 039C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU 039D GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU 039E GRE
56. SMALL LETTER G WITH BREVE 0120 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE 0121 LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH DOT ABOVE 0122 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA 0123 LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CEDILLA 0124 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0125 LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0126 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H WITH STROKE 0127 LATIN SMALL LETTER H WITH STROKE 0128 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH TILDE 0129 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH TILDE 012A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH MACRON 012B LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH MACRON 012C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE 012D LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH BREVE 012E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH OGONEK 012F LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH OGONEK 0130 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH DOT ABOVE 0131 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITHOUT DOT ABOVE 0132 LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE IJ 0133 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE IJ 0134 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0135 LATIN SMALL LETTER J WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0136 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA 0137 LATIN SMALL LETTER K WITH CEDILLA 0138 LATIN SMALL LETTER KRA 0139 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH ACUTE ACCENT 013A LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH ACUTE ACCENT 013B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA 013C LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH CEDILLA 013D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH HACEK 013E LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH HACEK 013F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT 0140 LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH MIDDLE DOT 0141 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L WITH STROKE 0142 LATIN SMALL LETTER L WITH STROKE 0143 LATIN CA
57. WITH GRAVE 00ED LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH ACUTE 00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE 00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE 00 7 DIVISION SIGN 00F9 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE OOFA LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH ACUTE m LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH DIAERESIS 0101 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON 0113 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON 011B LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CARON 012B LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH MACRON 0144 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE 0148 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CARON 014D LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON 016B LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON 01CE LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CARON 0100 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH CARON 01D2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH CARON 01D4 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CARON ADE LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH DIAERESIS AND MACRON dbg LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND ACUTE ibe LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND CARON BG LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS AND GRAVE 0251 LATIN SMALL LETTER ALPHA 0261 LATIN SMALL LETTER SCRIPT G 0567 CARON MANDARIN CHINESE THIRD TONE EE MODIFIER LETTER MACRON MANDARIN CHINESE FIRST TONE PEE MODIFIER LETTER ACUTE ACCENT MANDARIN CHINESE SECOND TONE MODIFIER LETTER GRAVE ACCENT MANDARIN CHINESE FOURTH TONE EXER DOT ABOVE MANDARIN CHINESE LIGHT TONE 0391 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA 0392 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER BETA 0393 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER GAMMA 0394 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER DELTA 0395 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER EPSILON 0396 GREEK CA
58. Y 256 Y dots from the top X 256 X dots from the left Note You can also use the ESC J ESC M ESC d and ESC e commands to position the print on the page Function Set Page Mode Entry Position Relative ASCII ESC SUB R X X4 Y Yu Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 52H X X Yi Yu Decimal 27 26 82 X X Y Yyu IPCL None EPOS ESC W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page It is only valid in page mode If the value specified is beyond the page boundary the command is ignored X and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the ESC t command and is not same as the page definition of X and Y The X and Y positions are in dots Y 256 Y dots from the current Y X 256 X dots from the current X Note You can also use the ESC J ESC M ESC d and ESC e commands to position the print on the page 100 88002 Rev B Page 113 Function Set Page Mode Entry Position Legacy Support ASCII ESC o X X Yi Yu F Hexadecimal 1BH 6FH X X4 Y Yyu F Decimal 27 111 2 X X 4 lt Y_ gt lt Yy gt lt F gt IPCL None EPOS ESC W Description This command sets the horizontal and vertical entry position to anywhere on the page It is only valid in page mode If the value specified is beyond the page boundary the command is ignored X
59. and cable dressing options 45 Up Spindle Mounting Pivot and Locating Screws Paper Spindle Bracket Figure 11 45 Up Spindle Location Figure 11 shows the 45 Up spindle position with the arm at a 45 angle up Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws 100 88002 Rev B Page 47 Pivot and Locating Screws Paper Spindle Bracket Figure 12 Straight Back Spindle Location Figure 12 shows the straight back spindle position Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws 45 Down Spindle Mounting Pivot and Locating Screws Paper Spindle Bracket Figure 13 Angle Down Spindle Location Figure 13 shows the angle down spindle position with the arm at a 45 angle down Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws Page 48 100 88002 Rev B Mounting Requirements Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting Paper Spindle Bracket Pivot and Locating Screws Figure 14 Straight Down Center Spindle Location Figure 14 shows the straight down center spindle position with the arm at a 90 angle down Note the location of the pivot and mounting screws This location requires that the paper guide be mounted to the printer to assure that the cabling does not interfere with the paper path Note The printer is larger with the paper guide installed 100 88002 Rev B Page 49 Mounting Requirements Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting Paper Guide required for this orientation
60. and then print the Logo Coupon Cut Print the Coupon Feed to Cut and Cut Logo Cut Print the Logo Feed to Cut and Cut Cut Coupon Perform Feed to cut then cut and then print the Coupon Coupon Cut Logo Print the Coupon Feed to cut Cut ad then print the Logo Logo Cut Coupon Print the Logo Feed to cut Cut ad then print the Coupon Cut Logo Coupon Perform the Feed to cut Print the Logo and then the Coupon Cut Coupon Logo Perform the Feed to cut Print the Coupon and then the Logo Logo Coupon Cut Print the Logo then the Coupon feed to cut and Cut Coupon Logo Cut Print the Coupon then the Logo feed to cut and Cut Disabled Perform the Normal cut Cut Command Logo Feed 0 to 80 mm 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 10 Unicode and Fonts 100 88002 Rev B Page 191 This page intentionally left blank Page 192 100 88002 Rev B Fonts Your TransAct Epic 880 printer uses outline and or stroke based scalable fonts These fonts provide you wish additional font options as well as improved character appearance while functioning transparently within legacy applications Such fonts represent a substantial improvement to the so called bitmap fonts that are traditionally used for thermal printers which are based on a pixel by pixel definition of characters With a fixed size and fixed character spacing these bitmap fonts were limited to specific magnification factors from 2 8X and required scaling and smoothing at larger font s
61. available on the TransAct web site and on a 7ransAcf Software Developer s Toolkit For more information about either of these options contact TransAct Technical Support 100 88002 Rev B Page 69 Quick PcOS Reference Chart Description Low Level paper Motion IPCL equivalent code Line feed LF 0AH amp LF 76 Carriage return CR 0DH amp CR 76 Horizontal Motion Back space BS 08H amp BS 77 Horizontal tab HT 09H amp HT 77 Set horizontal tab stops ESC D n n 1BH 44H none 77 ni 0 Set horizontal position ESC n n4 n2 1BH 6EH amp HP lt m gt 78 lt m gt gt ma Set justification ESC a lt n gt 1BH 61H amp JR n 2 78 n 0 Left amp JC n 1 n 1 Center amp JL n 0 n 2 Right n 8 Left No line feed n 9 Center No line feed n 10 Right No line feed Reset horizontal and vertical tab ESC R 1BH 52H amp HV 78 stops Set left right print margins ESC X ni n 1BH 58H none 154 Left margin Right margin Select minimum character height ESC P lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 50H none 215 and width in points Select minimum character height ESC p lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 70H none 216 and width in points Vertical Motion Perform a fine line feed ESC J n 1BH 4AH amp FM m 79 lt m gt ms Set 1 8 inch line spacing ESC 0 1
62. black dot in m 203 inches The default is 76 or 0 375 inches Values less than 51 will be ignored The offset adjustment is the position of the black dot in relation to the cut point If n 0 the cut point will be in the center of the black dot If the value of n 304 the cut point will be 1 5 inches above the black dot Note This command may be issued as part of an application If the values in the configuration match the requested values no operation occurs 100 88002 Rev B m 203 Cut to center of black dot m 203 Dot Width Note This command interacts with the Feed to Black Dot command If the Black Dot paper option is set the black dot position specified by this command will be used for the Cover Close operation 100 88002 Rev B Page 87 Page 88 Character Pitch Function Set Character spacing in points All ASCII ESC d Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 49H Decimal 27 43 73 Range d 0 4 72 The ESC command will set the character spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC J command in that all characters are
63. can however invoke a macro or stored graphic You can not enter page mode while in a macro definition Note 3 Unless specified by a page mode set page size command the default page size is the full paper width for about 14 inches Printing starts at the current paper Page 108 100 88002 Rev B position The complete page definition is printed excluding any blank information at the bottom of the page Function Set Print Area in Mode Enhanced ASCII ESC SUB S lt XO_ gt lt XOy gt lt lt YOL gt lt YOu gt lt WL gt lt Wa gt lt Hi Hu Hexadecimal 1BH 1AH 53H lt gt lt gt lt lt gt lt gt lt P Wu HL e Hu Decimal lt 27 gt lt 26 gt lt 83 gt lt XO gt lt XOr gt lt lt YO YOu W Wu Hi Hu IPCL None EPOS ESC W Description This command Sets the position and size of the initial area in page mode and sub pages Where XO XO 5 the x direction offset Min 0 YO YO the y direction offset Min 0 lt W_ gt lt W gt the width in dots Max 576 lt H gt lt Hr gt the height in dots Max 3000 This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is entered to define the initial page size Once in page mode after the ESC t command the command can be sent multiple times so that several different print areas aligned in different print directions can be developed in the printer s page buffer before being printed usi
64. centered on the fixed cell size It the character is too big for the cell it may overlap the previous and next character The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended Function Set Character spacing in points AII ASCII ESC i d Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 69H Decimal lt 27 gt 43 105 Range 0 16 255 The ESC i command will set the character spacing in points where point is defined as 1 288 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC j command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size It the character is too big for the cell it may overlap the previous and next character The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended 100 88002 Rev B Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment Al
65. gt 86 n IPCL none EPOS ESC SP n Description The ESC V n command sets inter character spacing by adding white space between characters The value of n sets the spacing in 216ths of an inch The printer can only set the spacing in 208ths of an inch and converts 216ths to the nearest 208 of an inch Each font has a basic size and the inter character spacing value is added to the basic size Therefore the affect of this command on characters per inch cpi will depend on the font selected Note 1 The ESC V n command disables any pitch settings established by pitch set commands that establish a cpi like ESC P lt n gt After a set right side spacing command is issued the pitch will vary with font selection Font selections use the current active right side spacing Note 2 With the inter character spacing command the pitch cannot be set less than the font size Therefore it is not as effective as the pitch command ESC P n The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of n The following table lists the cpi equivalent for several values of n Small Draft cpi Large Draft cpi NLQ cpi Table 4 Inter character Spacing Page 92 100 88002 Rev B Character Font ESC Begin 12 x 12 print mode Legacy Command ASCII ESC 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 23H 00H Decimal lt 27 gt 35 0 IPCL amp 96 QT EPOS ESC n
66. indicators will change to indicate the next mode as follows 100 88002 Rev B Page 25 Page 26 e The feed button is a multifunction button By pressing and releasing the Feed button the printer will feed about 5 inches of paper while printing the printer firmware version This is intended to clear the printer and align the next ticket for print e By pressing and holding the feed button for a longer time two additional features may be activated Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter journal maintenance mode e Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode To aid in selecting the correct mode the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected After about 2 seconds the Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate This indicates that Journal mode is selected After about 4 seconds the Cover LED will illuminate indicating configuration mode is selected 100 88002 Rev B Operational Procedures The Diagnostics Config button The printer has a configuration and diagnostics button on the right side of the printer labeled CONFIG Diagnostics Config Button FEED Button Figure 5 Location of Diagnostics Config Button The Diagnostics Config button is a multifunction button By pressing and releasing the Diagnostics Config button the printer will enter self test mode This is intended to verify the printer s operati
67. is the Unicode address in hex and the characters must be in ascending Unicode address order 100 88002 Rev B Page 201 Page 202 Unicode As computer systems started to address more and more international environments the classic ASCII standard with code pages became unworkable Several competing systems were developed however it was clear that a standard needed to be developed In 1991 Version 1 0 of the Unicode standard was developed to standardize how and where characters are to be addressed in an expanded addressing scheme In 2000 Version 3 0 of the Unicode standard was published and generally accepted The Epic 880 follows this standard for character placement and encoding Note If a custom font is used that is not in Unicode order the order of the font will be used as if it were in Unicode order Any subsequent character mappings will assume to be in Unicode order and may not produce the desired effects Unicode Encoding The Epic 880 Printer supports Unicode character addressing using Unicode Transform Format or UTF as defined in the Version 3 0 Unicode Specification There are several forms of UTF encoding UTF 16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255 UTF 16 essentially sends two 8 bit bytes that form a 16 bit address to access the desired character Basic UTF 16 does not define the byte order If you wish to use UTF 16 and allow the printer to determine the byte order you must send the byte ord
68. limitations only 16 characters can be printed Code 39 Code 39 is an alphanumeric bar code It is a discrete self checking variable length code The printer prints the complete data field The number of characters that can be printed depends on the bar width scaling If the bar code scale is set to 2 17 characters may be printed per line There are two modes of operation for the Code 39 barcodes The first is in a variable length format In this mode all characters sent to the printer will be printed up to the termination character Only 0 9 A Z period and space may be printed 96 and Characters may be used as escape characters for full 128 character support If illegal characters are passed to the printer they are converted to legal codes For example a would be converted to A In full 128 character mode the printer will encode the full 128 character set In this mode the first character received must be the length IE ESC k lt 1 gt lt n gt where n specifies the number of characters to follow The characters following n characters may be from 0 to 127 Values greater than 127 are converted to printable characters by removing the 8 bit 100 88002 Rev B The following table specifies the Code 39 character set
69. linked fonts if Link Fonts are defined they will be used as the default LinkFont1 TactMOD ttf LinkFont2 TactWGL M ttf LinkFont3 TactGB18030 ccc Up to 99 fonts may be defined Font1 TactMOD ttf Font2 TactWGL M ttf Font3 TactGB18030 ccc The brush size effects only stroke fonts Brush 100 legacy 15 Some but not all features of Open Type fonts are supported Open Type fonts are not recommended Compressed Stroke fonts are supplied by MonoType Inc 100 88002 Rev B EmulationMode Font Horizontal Vertical Width Where If Font 0 Use Linkfont else 1 4 above If Font is 100 or greater use BMFont Font 100 BMFonts only used Width Horizontal and Vertical are in 8th points Width in Dots Custom1s 0 56 72 10 Custom 1l 0 64 72 14 Custom2s 0 64 72 14 Custom2l 0 64 72 18 Epson1 0 56 72 10 Epson2 0 64 72 14 PcOS1 0 56 72 10 PcOS2 0 64 72 14 PcOS3 0 80 80 18 PcOS4 0 80 80 20 bmfont There may be up to 8 bitmap fonts Bitmap fonts are fixed sizes and have no options BMFont0 chr10x24 bft BMFont1 chr13x24 bft BMFont2 chr15x24 bft BMFont3 chs15x24 bft Font1 through Font99 may be defined and the font number is the alias used by the set font command e g Font23 is selected by doing a select font 23 command Font 0 is reserved for selecting the linked font The printer may contain one default linked font A linked font is a method of allowing the
70. manufacturer s code five digit product code and a check digit The printer makes no assumptions about any of the codes except the check digit The printer prints an UPC bar code with the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 11 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an UPC that is about 13096 the size of the UPC nominal standard which provides optimal readability UPCE UPC E is a zero suppression version of UPC The printer requires that the first digit is zero for number system zero If it is not zero the bar code is not printed The printer does the compression based on the compression rules for UPC E prints an UPC bar code based on the 11 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 11 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The printer prints an UPC that is about 13096 the size of the UPC nominal standard which provides optimal readability EAN 13 EAN 13 is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports EAN 13 which is a superset of UPC that encodes 12 digits Typically the format starts with a number set digit which defines how the next six digits are encoded The next five digits have fixed encoding The last is a check digit The printer prints an EAN 13 bar code with the 12 digits sent to it and generates the check digit If fewer than 12 digits are sent the remaining digits will be zeros The
71. may be undesirable because it embeds in the application a file name that you may wish to change in the future By using the Alias ID the font name may change but the application will remain constant Page 206 100 88002 Rev B Function Initiate Unicode UTF 16BE Encoding All ASCII ESC H Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 48H Decimal lt 27 gt 43 72 Description The ESC H command will put the printer into UTF 16BE character encoding mode of operation If you wish to access characters above 255 you must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF 16BE You must select a downloaded font as described in this section before issuing this command UTF 16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255 sending two 8 bit bytes that form a 16 bit address to access the desired character UTF 16BE uses the big endian method of sending the two bytes This method sends the high byte first and then the low byte Note Once selected all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding even for non print commands Function Initiate Unicode UTF 16LE Encoding All ASCII ESC L Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4CH Decimal 27 43 76 Description The ESC L command will put the printer into UTF 16LE character encoding mode of operation If you wish to access characters above 255 You must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF 16LE You must select a downloaded font as described in this section before issuing this co
72. mode for Epson emulation The Epic 880 Printer always prints in one of the native resolutions of 203 x 203 dpi To provide compatibility with the standard IBM APA resolutions the printer internally modifies the graphics to print as expected The printer converts the vertical resolution by altering the ESC J command which is typically used for vertical spacing and adjusting it so that horizontal passes touch as expected The requested horizontal resolution is converted by data scaling Because the vertical dpi of the printer is always greater the resulting APA graphics printed on the Epic 880 Printer may be slightly smaller or larger than the same graphic printed on an impact printer All of this is done transparently to the application however loss of resolution may result in some modes If desired the ESC m command can be used to select the native resolution Note 1 If the Epic 880 Printer is used with programs that convert text to graphics the printer is slower than if the printer is sent ASCII text The Epic 880 Printer is supported by a Windows print driver that allows applications to select internal supported fonts Note 2 Generally the horizontal graphic commands provide faster print than the APA graphic commands Standard APA Graphics ESC K Print single density graphics 60h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC K ni nz Hexadecimal 1BH 4BH n n Decimal lt 27 gt 75 nj nz IPCL none Descr
73. must follow the format of Cpxyz CPM The xyz is the code page number that is being selected in the command For example CP850 CPM would be referred to as 850 If the legacy commands are to be used to select file based code page mapping the selection mode must be selected in the printer s configuration The second form is by name This command is free form and will select any file present which will then be to use it as a code page definition If the file is not a code page file you will get unexpected results If the file does not exist the command is ignored Any extension may be used for a codepage map however it is best to use the CPM extension with a descriptive filename recommended For example 1508859 1 would be a good choice for the 1508859 1 code page 100 88002 Rev B Page 95 Page 96 Double Byte and Multi Byte Code Page Description Files In ASCII mode the Epic 880 Printer supports double byte code pages Currently there are 4 double byte codepages available and one multi byte Double Byte code pages available are Code page 932 936 949 and 950 Multi byte code page available are GB18030 2000 These code pages require an appropriate Unicode font be loaded that support all the characters in the requested code page Due to the large number of characters in these code pages These files are not supported in a customer definable ASCII form like the Code page descriptions files described above They are compiled and co
74. n Description This command allows various colors to be selected on printer emulations that do not support color text Where Print in Black 1 2 3 Print in Red Blue or Green amp UA Cycle Auto Cutter IPCL amp 96UA m4 m lt gt Description This command feeds m 96 inches of paper and cycles the auto cutter Where m m m 100 m5 10 Page 188 100 88002 Rev B Bitmapped File Graphic Support It is possible to load a bitmap file into the printer and print it directly by command The standard bitmap two color and 16 color bitmap file formats are supported To use this feature load a bitmap file into the printer using the file support commands or the Windows interface tool These files can then be printed with the Print Bitmap File command It is also possible to print a bitmap file passed from the host as data Function Print Bitmap File command All ASCII ESC FS P lt scale gt lt Filename gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1CH 50H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 28 gt 80 Scale 0 one to one 1 2x high 2 2x Wide 3 2x High and 2x Wide FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension null terminated Description The ESC FS P command will print at the current dot column a previously saved bitmap file image If the file does not exist this command will have no effect Note If the Scale is an uppercase B this command will directly process a bitmap file See
75. n ni n7 Hexadecimal 1BH 6EH n nz Decimal 27 110 n n IPCL amp 96HP m4 m2 ms EPOS ESC ni n Description The ESC n n4 n command sets the print position to n n2 256 in 1 196 inches 100 88002 Rev B Vertical Motion Control ESC j Perform a fine line feed ASCII ESC J n Hexadecimal 1BH 4AH n Decimal lt 27 gt 74 n IPCL amp 96FM m4 m ma EPOS ESC J n Description The ESC J n command prints the contents of the buffer and performs a line feed of n 216 inch The default line spacing value is not changed The next character print position is reset to the left margin if the Auto CR mode is set Notes e n EPOS mode the command performs feeds in n 144 inch increments e Immediately after APA graphics the command is adjusted for the difference between 72 dpi graphics and 96 dpi print ESC 3 Set variable line spacing to n 216 inch ASCII ESC 3 n Hexadecimal 1BH 33H n Decimal 27 51 n IPCL amp SV m1 m2 m3 EPOS ESC 3 n Description The ESC 3 n command sets the default line spacing to n 216 inch where n 1 to 255 The line feed spacing used by LF is set to values other than 1 8 or 7 72 inch The command takes effect immediately Note In EPOS mode the command performs line feeds in n 144 inch increments ESC O Set line spacing 1 8 inch ASCII
76. printing 156 ESC q n Query marker 155 157 ESC R Reset horizontal and vertical tab stops 78 83 ESC S 0 Select superscript 104 ESC S 1 Select subscript 104 ESC T End superscript or subscript 105 Page 267 ESC U 0 Begin bi directional print 117 ESC U 1 Begin unidirectional print 117 ESC V n Set intercharacter spacing 92 ESC W n Double wide double high mode 101 208 ESC X n4 n5 Set left right print margin 154 ESC y n Set feature control 158 ESC Y n4 lt n gt Print full speed double density graphics 116 ESC Z n4 lt n gt Print quad density graphics 116 FF Set form feed 83 86 HT Set horizontal tab 77 LF Set line feed 76 51 Begin 17 cpi 90 SO Begin one line double wide print 100 VT Set vertical tab 82 1 10 CPI Character Pitch Beginning 90 12 CPI Character Pitch Beginning 90 12 x 12 Draft Print Mode Beginning 93 17 CPI Character Pitch Beginning 90 2 24 CPI Character Pitch Beginning 90 A APA Graphics Printing 116 Appendix A Ordering Supplies 266 Application Development 68 Assembly 65 Auto cut Performing 155 Auto Error Recovery 32 Auto Line Feed Beginning 85 Back Space 77 Bar Code Print 131 138 176 Bar Code Set height 139 140 Bar Code Set Justification Print Direction 140 Bar Codes 131 Begin Italics 105 Bezel Mounting Points 46 Bi directional Printing Beginni
77. return authorization Customers outside the United States and United Kingdom should contact your distributor for services TransAct offers the following service programs to meet your needs e Extended Warranty e Depot Repair e Maintenance Contract e Internet Support Sales Support To order supplies receive information about other Ithaca products or obtain information about your warranty contact our Sales Department at the contact telephone or fax numbers listed below To receive information on International distribution visit our web site at www transact tech com Page 6 100 88002 Rev B Contact Information TransAct Technologies Incorporated Ithaca Facility 20 Bomax Drive Ithaca NY 14850 USA TransAct Technologies World Gaming Headquarters amp Western Regional Repair Center 6700 Paradise Road Suite D Las Vegas NV 89119 USA Telephone 877 7ithaca or 607 257 8901 Main fax 607 257 8922 Sales fax 607 257 3868 Technical Support fax 607 257 3911 Web site www transact tech com Western United States 877 822 8923 Fax 702 254 7796 United Kingdom 011 44 170 977 2500 Fax 011 44 170 977 2505 100 88002 Rev B Page 7 Chapter 2 Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements 100 88002 Rev B Page 9 This page intentionally left blank Page 10 100 88002 Rev B Specifications and Requirements Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements Figure 1 Epic 880 Printer Standard Features The followi
78. sent to the printer following the journal mode select command is stored in the EJ as a single record Any control commands sent to the electronic journal will end the journal entry An EOT NUL or any printer command will end journal mode Typically an EOT CAN or station select will be used to end the journal mode Function Electronic Journal Mode Begin ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 7BH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 123 gt IPCL None EPOS Description The function enters journal mode When in journal mode commands are parsed and any command that is not appropriate is removed causes journal mode to exit or is saved In general commands to involve printer operation are ignored Commands that will cause a basic change in the printer like the ESC Initialize printer command stop the journal entry Commands that return a response from the printer are not placed in the journal All other commands are placed in the journal and will be processed when the journal is printed The EOT 4 or 4H and CAN 24 or 14H will cause the journal to stop and will not be processed again In typical operation a station select command should be used to exit journal mode Note that any station select including another Journal select will close the journal entry f a Journal select is processed in Journal mode the current record will be closed and a new record opened 100 88002 Rev B Carbon Copy Journal Mode Carbon copy mode allows information sen
79. space The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function Flush information from user store ASCII ESC US f ALL 0 Base User Store or ESC US f EXT 0 Extended User Store Description The ESC US f ALL 0 command clears all of the information to the user store and frees the data space The ESC US f EXT 0 command clears all of the information in the extended the user store The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function Report on user store ASCII ESC US q 0 Description The ESC US q 0 prints or returns information about the contents of and available space in user store The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note A configuration option is available that locks the user store data The configuration option prevents the occurrence of new user store data operation until the lock is manually reset and accidental deletion of the saved information The user defined character buffer and or user data buffer may be redefined and used but cannot be stored 100 88002 Rev B Function Begin named macro record ASCII ESC US b lt Name mac gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 62H Decimal 27 31 98 IPCL amp UB Name 0 EPOS none
80. the Print Bitmap Data command below Function Print Bitmap Data command All ASCII ESC FS P Bitmap file data Hexadecimal 1BH 1CH 50H Decimal 27 28 80 Description The ESC FS P command will print the bitmap file data that follows Note that the first character in a bitmap file is an uppercase B This differentiates this command from the Print Bitmap File command described above Note This command always prints the bitmap data at a scale of one to one 100 88002 Rev B Page 189 Page 190 Epic 880 Coupon Cut Logo Feature The Epic 880 printer has a feature that will allow a coupon and or logo graphic to be printed as part of the existing auto cutter command To activate this feature it must first be configured Configuration consists of specifying in what order the Coupon Cut Logo is processed and optionally how much paper is to be feed after the new cut operation Once configured the Coupon and or logo must be defined and loaded into the printer The Universal Graphics feature should be used to define and load the graphic The Coupon is named Coupon and the Logo is named Logo They may be saved in any resolution and of any size They also need not be all graphics The existing application cut command will be replaced by the Coupon Cut Logo operation Configuration options are as follows Cut Command Logo Cut Logo Perform Feed to cut then cut
81. the current print pitch If the left and right margins are set to the right of the current horizontal position the new margins become valid in the same line If the left margin is set to the left of the current horizontal position and the right margin set to the right of the current horizontal position the right margin setting becomes valid in the same line but the left margin setting becomes valid in the next line When the left and right margins are set to the left of the current horizontal position both left and right margin settings appear to become valid in the next line because an auto CR is performed by the subsequent data CAN Clear print buffer ASCII CAN Hexadecimal 18H Decimal lt 24 gt IPCL amp 96RP EPOS Description The CAN command clears the print buffer and any unprinted information in the printer received before it If the input buffer is not being processed because the printer is out of paper or a form is not inserted the CAN command will not be processed until after the error is cleared The CAN command does not restore default conditions it only clears the print buffer Page 154 100 88002 Rev B ESC q Query marker ASCII ESC q n Hexadecimal 1BH 71H n Decimal 27 113 n IPCL none EPOS none Description The ESC q n command returns a status to the host when it is processed Response SOH lt n gt The ESC q lt n gt command may be placed in the print data a
82. to end the bar code data field Note 2 Only information that is usable in a particular bar code will be printed PDF 417 PDF 417 is a two dimensional barcode that will encode the full ASCII character set As it encodes the full set including control characters the length of the following data must be provided to the printer The form of the command is as follows ESC b lt 9 gt lt nL gt lt nH gt lt d1 gt dn Where the data length is nH 256 nL The length is limited to be from 1 to 2048 characters To control the formation of the barcode the X and Y aspect ratios rows and columns and error correction levels can be altered Function PDF 417 bar code control ASCII ESC EM E lt f gt lt v gt Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 45H f v Decimal 27 25 69 f v IPCL None EPOS None Description This command alters the way PDF 417 barcodes are generated and printed Where f Feature to control and v the value of the feature f C 43H 67 Set encoding columns v 1 30 0 sets to auto f R 52H 82 Set encoding rows v 3 90 0 sets to auto f X 58H 88 Set encoding X aspect v 2 6 3 is default f Y 59H 89 Set encoding Y aspect v 2 32 9 is default f E 45H 69 Set error correction level If v between 1 and 40 it is interpreted as a percentage of the data If v is between 48 and 56 it is set to a specific level of 0 to 8 If v 0 it will return it to the default setting of 10
83. to generate a software printer reset in serial mode The ENQ 10 command requests that the printer reset This is not a hardware reset The reset completely initializes the hardware and software but the printer does not recover from a loss of software control Note If the printer mode was changed by the ESC y 2 or 3 command a soft reset will not return to the power on default The command flow is as follows e The ENQ 10 is acknowledged During cleanup and initialization the printer is placed off line Before the printer initializes it tries to clean up its input buffer and other internal processes The printer s software is reinitialized The power cycled flag is set The print head is homed and re calibrated The printer goes back on line 100 88002 Rev B Miscellaneous Communication Features Power cycle Recovery Sometimes the host needs to know if the printer was power cycled An example would be after the receipt tape was changed It is not necessary to turn off the printer to change the receipt However if the operator does any information sent to the printer before the power cycle will be lost The Epic 880 Printer has a flag that is set after a reset The flag stays set until the host requests a reset The ENQ 11 command reads the flag If the command returns power cycled status the power has been reset or power cycled since the last request All unprinted information has been lost I
84. value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC j command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size It the character is too big for the cell it may overlap the previous and next character The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment All ASCII ESC J d Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4AH Decimal 27 43 74 Range d 0 4 72 The ESC J command will set the character spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC command in that if the character is too large for the cell the cell will be expanded in multiples of d until the character fits If d 0 variable spacing is selected However note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands
85. while the second byte is the data that is different in the new scan line data in other words The scan line is the same as the previous except for the byte at a specific position ESC h 1 5 254 03H d5H lt ObH gt 51H Where 03H lt d5H gt means use the previously transmitted scan line data but change byte to a d5H and change byte 11 ObH to a 51H Same as previous Compression In same as previous compression the command does not contain any graphics data The command specifies that the printer is to use the previous scan line data for the current scan line ESC h 1 1 255 100 88002 Rev B Simple Raster Graphics Simple Raster Graphics prints a horizontal raster of graphics data one or multiple times Horizontal offset and number of data bytes are variable and specified by parameters This is a legacy support command and intended to be replaced by horizontal graphics commands This command does not support compression or color graphics ESC Simple raster graphic mode ASCII ESC m n rL rH df dn m 0 lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2bEH mn rt rH dT dn Decimal 27 46 m n rL rH d1 dn IPCL none Description The ESC command is a simple method of printing raster graphics however the format does not support compression or color Where m horizontal offset from left margin 8 x m dots n number of data bytes that compose the raster rz number of times the raster
86. you call The Model Number and Serial Number of the printer A list of any other peripheral devices attached to the same port as the printer e What application software operating system and network if any you are using What happened and what you were doing when the problem occurred How you tried to solve the problem 100 88002 Rev B Page 5 Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies If a support technician determines that the printer should be serviced at a TransAct facility and you want to return the printer for repair we will issue you the Returned Materials Authorization RMA number that is required before returning the printer Repairs are warranted for 90 days from the date of repair or for the balance of the original warranty period whichever is greater Please prepare the printer being returned for repair as follows Pack the printer to be returned in the original packing material Packing material may be purchased from TransAct s Ithaca Facility Do not return any accessories unless asked to do so by a support technician e Write the RMA number clearly on the outside of the box Service Programs TransAct Technologies Incorporated has a full service organization to meet your printer service and repair requirements If your printer needs service please contact your service provider first If any problems still persist you can directly contact the Technical Support department at the numbers listed above for a
87. 00 0059 Note Power may be applied through the 14 pin connector See the Communications Interface section for more information Note The 24V RTN and FRAME pins are connected inside the printer Test Standards CE MARK 1998 FCC CLASS B EN 60950 1 IEC 60950 1991 Second Edition with Amendments 1 2 3 4 ROHH WEEE Accoustic Noise 58 dbA average sound pressure level while printing a rolling ASCII format Microphone positions are at 10 different positions spaced around the printer as defined in ISO 779 100 88002 Rev B Page 17 Printing Specifications Printing method Thermal Sensitive Line Dot System Vertical Horizontal dot pitch 0 125 mm Resolution 8 dots per mm 203 DPI Line feed pitch 3 2 mm 125 inches Print zone typical 80 mm 3 15 inches Print speed monochrome 6 inches per second Number of print elements 640 dots in line Paper Roll Specifications Paper Type One ply thermal paper Paper Width 79 5 05 mm 3 13 02 inches or 82 0 0 5 mm 3 23 02 inches Paper Thickness 0 076 mm to 0 09 mm 0022 to 0035 in thick Roll Diameter 152 mm 6 0 in Roll Core Inside Diameter 445 to 635 inches Roll Core Outside Diameter 730 to 860 inches Paper Grades POS and Lottery grades Paper Usage Precautions Use only specified thermal paper If other paper is used print quality head life and cutter life may deteriorate Contact TransAct customer service for approved papers
88. 002 Rev B Page 139 Page 140 Function Set bar code width ASCII ESC EM W n Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 57H n Decimal 27 25 87 n IPCL amp 96BW m EPOS GS w n Description The ESC EM w n command sets the minimum bar width The value may be between 1 and 8 The default is 3 Note A value of 1 may result in barcodes that are unreadable with some readers Function Set bar code justification human readable interpretation HRI character print mode and print direction ASCII ESC EM J n Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 4AH n Decimal 27 25 74 n IPCL amp 96BJ m4 lt m gt EPOS none The power on default is center justified with HRI characters not printed Description The ESC EM J n command selects the operation of the bar code justification HRI characters and print direction Where n bits n IPCL 76543210 XX Justified 0 00 00 Left 1 01 01 Center 2 02 10 Right XXx HRI characters 0 00 00 Not printed 16 16 01 Printed above the bar code 32 32 10 Printed below the bar code 48 48 11 Printed above and below the bar code X Vertical print mode Page mode may work better 0 00 Q Bar code printed in horizontal direction default 64 64 100 Bar code printed in vertical direction Note 1 The ESC EM J n command only affects bar code printing Note 2 HRI is not available in vertical p
89. 13A0 0x13FF Cherokee Post Unicode 2 0 0x1400 0x167F Canadian Syllabics Post Unicode 2 0 0x16A0 Ox1DFF Unassigned zone 16A0 1DFF 0x1E00 Ox1EFF Latin Extended Additional Ox1F00 Ox1FFF Greek Extended 100 88002 Rev B Page 247 0x2000 0x206F General Punctuation 0x2070 0x209F Superscripts and Subscripts 0x20A0 0x20CF Currency Symbols 0x20D0 0x20FF Combining Diacritical Marks for Symbols 0x2100 0x214F Letter like Symbols 0x2150 0x218F Number Forms 0x2190 0x21FF Arrows 0x2200 0x22FF Mathematical Operators 0x2300 0x23FF Miscellaneous Technical 0x2400 0x243F Control Pictures 0x2440 0x245F Optical Character Recognition 0x2460 0x24FF Enclosed Alphanumerics 0x2500 0x257F Box Drawing 0x2580 0x259F Block Elements 0x25A0 0x25FF Geometric Shapes 0x2600 0x26FF Miscellaneous Symbols 0x2700 0x27BF Dingbats 0x27C0 0x27FF Unassigned zone 27C0 27FF 0x2800 0x28FF Braille Pattern Symbols Post Unicode 2 0 0x2900 Ox2FFF Unassigned zone 2900 2FFF 0x3000 0x303F CJK Symbols and Punctuation 0x3040 Ox309F Hiragana 0x30A0 Ox30FF Katakana 0x3100 0x312F Bopomofo 0x3130 0x318F Hangul Compatibility Jamo Based on KSC 5601 0x3190 0x319F Kanbun 0x31A0 0x31 FF Unassigned zone 31A0 31FF 0x3200 Ox32FF Enclosed CJK Letters and Months 0x3300 Ox33FF CJK Compatibility 0x3400 Ox4DFF
90. 172 ENQ 31 Inquire Power Up Error Status ASCII ENQ 31 Hexadecimal 05H 1FH Decimal 5 31 Function The ENQ 31 command reports Power up Error status Response ACK lt 31 gt lt 41 gt lt n gt Where lt 31 gt Is the echo of command lt n gt Status bit 0 No Font file found bit 1 Required files not found bit 2 File system has faulted bit 3 No POR INI File Default file has been generated bit 4 Codepage requested was not found bit 5 Primary FAT was damaged the alternate was used bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always ENQ lt 32 gt Inquire statistics ASCII ENQ lt 32 gt Hexadecimal 05H 20H Decimal 5 32 Function ENQ 32 command returns the internal statistics table Response ACK lt 32 gt 168 128 bytes Where 32 Is the echo of command 168 Length 40 Statistic table 32 entries each being 4 bytes in big endian order unsigned int Black Dots unsigned int Not used unsigned int Not used unsigned int Cover Opens unsigned int Paper Outs unsigned int Line Feeds unsigned int Characters Printed unsigned int Not used unsigned int Not used unsigned int Standby Cycles unsigned int Power Up Resets unsigned int Watchdog Resets unsigned int Flash Erases unsigned int Not used unsigned int Auto Cutter Cycles unsigned int Init Requests 100 88002 Rev B unsigned int Error Vectors unsigned int Auto Cutter Faults unsigned int Power O
91. 2 ESC lt n gt Insert Euro character 98 ESC P n Set character pitch 91 216 ESC np nj Select character code page 97 ESC EM B n Set bar code height 139 140 ESC EM J n Set bar code justification and HRI modes 140 ESC SI Begin 24 cpi 90 ESC US 1 Name 0 Load item process 124 ESC US b Name 0 Begin named macro record 123 125 177 178 ESC US d lt Name gt 0 Delete item from user store 127 ESC US e Name 0 End name macro record 125 ESC US e Name 0 Remove item from user store 124 ESC US e Name 0 Stop name macro record 123 100 88002 Rev B ESC US f ALL 0 Flush user store 124 ESC US Name 0 Load macro character 126 ESC US m Name 0 Save macro data 125 ESC US m Name Save macro data 123 ESC US Name 0 Query user store 127 ESC US r Name 0 Run macro data 126 ESC US s lt Name gt 0 Flag as a start up macro 124 ESC US s Name 0 Flag start up macro 126 ESC n Print control character 99 ESC Electronic Journal Begin 150 ESC n n4 n5 Set horizontal position 78 ESC 0 Set line spacing to 27 216 inch 79 ESC 1 Set line spacing to 7 72 inch 80 ESC 2 Enable variable line spacing 80 ESC 3 n Set line spacing to n 216 inch 79 ESC 4 Set top of form 84 ES
92. 20 records starting at 10 EPOS Description This command reports all or part of the electronic journal lt S gt 256 lt S gt specifies the first record to be printed and lt L gt 256 lt L gt specifies the number of records to report If lt L gt 256 lt L gt are 0 all records from the specified start to the end are reported Setting both start and end to 0 will report the complete contents of the journal Note The first record is identified as record 1 The report format will be as follows STX Record number SOH Record Text ETX EOT 100 88002 Rev B Page 143 Function Set the Electronic Journal Record Header ASCII ESC GS F String 96d 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 46H Decimal 27 29 70 IPCL None EPOS Description This command allows the record separator that is printed between records to be changed The default format is Wn Record d r n Where r represents CR Mn represents LF d represents the position of the record number Note The 96d must be present Note This follows standard C programming conventions Most standard C formatting print parameters may be used Note The record header may be totally disabled by a configuration option Function Print Report an Electronic Journal Log ASCII ESC GS L Print the report Or ESC GS I Return the report Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 4CH or 6CH Decimal 27 lt 29 gt lt 76 gt or 108 IPCL amp UL No IPCL for returning t
93. 23 55 37 CR m 77 77 109 6D 8 8 24 24 56 38 SO n 78 78 110 6E 9 9 25 25 57 39 SI o 79 79 111 6F 26 26 58 3A DLE p 80 80 112 70 27 27 59 3B DC1 q 81 81 113 71 lt lt 28 28 60 3C DC2 r 82 82 114 72 29 29 61 3D DC3 s 83 83 115 73 gt gt 30 30 62 3E DC4 t 84 84 116 74 2 31 31 63 3F NAK u 85 85 117 75 32 32 64 40 SYN 86 86 118 76 33 33 65 41 ETB w 87 87 119 77 B B 34 34 66 42 CAN x 88 88 120 78 C C 35 25 67 43 EM y 89 89 121 79 D D 36 36 68 44 SUB z 90 90 122 7A E E 37 37 69 45 ESC 91 91 123 7B F F 38 38 70 46 FS 92 92 124 7 G G 39 39 71 47 GS 93 93 125 7D H H 40 40 72 48 RS Ea 94 94 126 7E l 41 41 73 49 US DEL 95 95 127 7F J J 42 42 74 4A FNC3 FNC3 96 96 128 80 K K 43 43 75 4B FNC2 FNC2 97 97 129 81 L L 44 44 76 4C Shift Shift 98 98 130 82 M M 45 45 77 4D Code Code 99 99 131 83 N N 46 46 78 4E C C 47 47 79 4F Code FNC4 Code 100 132 84 P P 48 48 80 50 B B Q Q 49 49 81 51 FNC4 Code Code 101 133 85 R R 50 50 82 52 A A S S 51 51 83 53 FNC1 102 134 86 a a mn Stam Code 104 136 ss art Code U U 93 53 2 99 Start Code 105 137 89 Stop Page 136 Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding Values 100 88002 Rev B UPCA UPC A is a fixed length numeric continuous code that employs four element widths The printer supports Universal Product Code Version A E EAN 8 and EAN 13 Version A encodes 11 digits Typically the UPC A format starts with a number system digit five digit
94. 5 IPCL amp F4 EPOS ESC SP lt n gt Description The ESC SP command sets 23 111 characters per inch print pitch Page 90 100 88002 Rev B ESC P Set character pitch ASCII ESC P n Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 50H n Decimal lt 27 gt 91 80 n IPCL amp F1 amp 96F2 amp 3 amp F4 amp F5 amp F6 amp 96F7 EPOS ESC SP n Description The ESC P lt n gt command sets character per inch print pitch to lt n gt The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch The following table lists the exact pitch for various values on lt n gt Resulting Resulting Characters Characters per Inch per Inch 1 1 00 2 2 00 17 17 33 amp 96F 1 3 3 01 18 17 33 4 4 00 19 18 91 5 4 95 20 20 8 amp 96F5 6 5 94 21 20 8 7 6 93 22 23 11 8 8 00 amp 96F7 23 23 11 9 9 04 24 23 11 amp 96F4 10 9 90 amp 96F3 25 23 11 11 10 95 26 26 12 12 23 amp 96F2 27 26 13 13 00 28 26 14 13 87 29 29 71 15 14 86 amp 6 30 29 71 Shaded selections are not recommended Table 3 Character Pitch This command disables any right side spacing set by the ESC V command In addition when font changes are made the character pitch is maintained 100 88002 Rev B Page 91 ESC V _ Setinter character spacing Legacy Command Mode Global ASCII ESC V n Hexadecimal 1BH 56H n Decimal lt 27
95. 6 Enter Remote Boot Load mode ASCII ESC lt 14 gt 96 Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH OEH 25H Decimal lt 27 gt 126 14 37 IPCL none EPOS ESC 14 Description The ESC 14 command is an extended diagnostics command It will transfer control of the printer to the Remote Boot loader STX Read and return application rev ASCII STX K Hexadecimal 02H 4BH Decimal 2 75 Description Boot loader command only Read and return the Application firmware id and revision STX B Read and return boot loader rev ASCII STX B Hexadecimal 02H 42H Decimal lt 2 gt 66 Description Boot loader command only Read and return the boot loader firmware id and revision STX X Check and start normal operation ASCII STX X Hexadecimal 02H 58H Decimal 2 88 Description Boot loader command only Check the CRC and restart the printer if the firmware image is valid 100 88002 Rev B USB Recovery Watch Dog The USB link can be susceptible to various errors that can cause it to stop functioning This typically happens when noise is introduced into the cable resulting in a buffer overrun at the host This can cause a hub or a USB driver to suspend interaction with whatever device appeared to be the source of the problem When this happens the only way to recover the link is to disconnect from the device and then reconnect This is typically done in the host In some cases for various reasons t
96. 67 gt Description The ESC RS C command will close the currently open file Function Close All Files command All ASCII ESC RS K Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 4BH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 30 gt lt 75 gt Description The ESC RS K command will close the font system and close all currently open files Internal fonts will be reopened automatically if used Function Delete File command All ASCII ESC RS D lt Filename gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 44H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 30 gt lt 68 gt FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension null terminated Description The ESC RS D command will select and delete a file Note Some of the system files are protected and cannot be deleted Function Set Clear File Attributes command All ASCII ESC RS A lt Attbs gt space lt Filename gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 41H Decimal lt 27 gt 30 lt 64 gt Attbs File attributes to modify FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension Each file has several attributes associated to it They include S R and H Attribute Syntax Name Use S S or S System This is a system file R R or R Read Only This file cannot be erased or modified H H or H Hidden This file is hidden and not displayed in the directory listing Note Attributes can be combined however each needs to have the or as a prefix To al
97. 7 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W 0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X 0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y 005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z 005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET 005C REVERSE SOLIDUS 005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET 005E CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 005F LOW LINE 0060 GRAVE ACCENT 0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A 0062 LATIN SMALL LETTER B 0063 LATIN SMALL LETTER C 0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D 0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E 0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F 0067 LATIN SMALL LETTER G 0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H 0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER 006A LATIN SMALL LETTER J 006B LATIN SMALL LETTER K 006C LATIN SMALL LETTER L 006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M 006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N 006F LATIN SMALL LETTER O 0070 LATIN SMALL LETTER P Page 254 100 88002 Rev B 0071 LATIN SMALL LETTER Q 0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R 0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S 0074 LATIN SMALL LETTER T 0075 LATIN SMALL LETTER U 0076 LATIN SMALL LETTER V 0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W 0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X 0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y 007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z 007B LEFT CURLY BRACKET 007C VERTICAL LINE 007D RIGHT CURLY BRACKET 007E TILDE 007F CONTROL 00 4 CURRENCY SIGN 00A7 SECTION SIGN 00A8 DIAERESIS 00B0 DEGREE SIGN 00B1 PLUS MINUS SIGN 00B7 MIDDLE DOT 00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN 00 0 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH GRAVE 00 1 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH ACUTE 00 8 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH GRAVE 00 9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE MER LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX 00EC LATIN SMALL LETTER
98. 80 is provided by default with a standard WGL4 outline based font and optionally with an additional GB18030 stroke based font Additional user defined outline or stroke fonts may be used as required The default font provided with the Epic 880 is called UTAH MT Condensed from Monotype This is a condensed variable pitch font that produces reasonable fixed pitch results n some cases extra wide characters in this font may produce undesirable fixed pitch results If this is unacceptable the TransAct Sub font may be loaded containing slightly narrower characters in key locations As another alternative the printer may be ordered with a fixed pitch font which will not allow variable pitch printing Custom Fonts The Epic 880 supports TrueType fonts There are several companies that will provide custom character sets The Epic 880 uses fonts provided by Monotype You can contract Monotype through their website www fonts com or by phone in U S amp Canada toll free 1 800 424 8973 directly at 1 781 970 6020 or the United Kingdom Free Phone 0800 371242 direct 44 0 1737 765959 100 88002 Rev B Stacked or Linked fonts The Epic 880 also uses a font stacking technology where fonts are linked together This means that as each character is looked up the first font in the stack containing the character is then printed For example if a customer would like to replace several standard characters with custom characters a user def
99. ACCENT 00C2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00C3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE 00C4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS 00C5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE 00C6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH E 100 88002 Rev B Page 249 00C7 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE 908 ACCENT 00C9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00CA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00CB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS 00CC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00CD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00CE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT OOCF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER WITH DIAERESIS 00DO LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH 00D1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE 00D2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00D3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00D4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00D5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE 00D6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS 00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN 00D8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH OBLIQUE STROKE 00D9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE ACCEN
100. AL LETTER SHORTI 041A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER KA 041B CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EL 041C CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EM 041D CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EN 041E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER O 041F CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER PE 0420 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ER 0421 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER ES 0422 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TE 0423 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER U 0424 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER EF 0425 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HA 0426 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER TSE 0427 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER CHE 0428 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA 0429 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHCHA 042A CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER HARD SIGN 042B CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YERU 042C CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SOFT SIGN 042D CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER E 042E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU 042F CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA 0880 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER A 0431 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE 0432 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE 0433 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE 0434 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE 0435 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE 0436 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE 0437 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE 0438 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER 0439 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT 043A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA 043B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL 043C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM 043D CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN 043E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O 043F CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE 0440 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER 0441 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES 0442 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE 0443 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U 0444 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF 0445 CYRILLIC SMALL LET
101. AR 17 Accoustic NoiSe uu uuu RR HL E Rer a Tu ND a MI RR CI RIAM SERE T qa Le ER a ERR ERN C n 17 multis f EET 18 Paper Roll 18 Auto Cutter Position see oer oreet Ta tre der Dh ee e e E a e e Mea ed 18 zz ka DL Lc c 18 Communications Interface n nsn 19 RS232 Serial Communications Interface esses 19 USB Interfaces sida ettet pe rese A E aede nn ede E sie ner herir T 20 Operational Procedures BERBER RBBB K K K BEB BERR K K K ee eee eee es 23 Operational 25 How to Operate the Epic 880 Printer 25 Indicator Lights LED u Lu u odas eor Mee oet teet utet eie on een a detecte opt 25 100 88002 Rev B Page v Page vi THE FEED Dutton s un eee ese Pay 25 The Diagnostics Config button 27 Using Self Test c 28 Level 0 DIGgnostics eoe oe Recette pete ue rut 30 Boot Loader Mode un a aska n u aaa aa 30 Printer Status LED S e o ee eL aaa aaa e HR Uh 31 Auto Error core EN elites 32 Loading Papen 34 Cleaning the Print Head rene eedem pix e pe ERR uS RH 34 Configuring Your
102. B 97 87 BLACK SMILE 0x03 0x2665 9829 BLACK HEART SUIT 0x04 0x2666 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0x05 0x2663 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT Or 0 0 NULL 1 9786 WHITE SMILE 2 9787 BLACK SMILE 3 9829 BLACK HEART SUIT 4 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 5 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT 100 88002 Rev B Or SYMBOL SET WE name Windows 3 1 Latin 2 pcl char E symbols 32 0x0020 Space Code Prntabl Thin Space 33 0x0021 Exclamation 34 0x0022 Neutral Double Quote 5 0x0023 Number 36 0x0024 Dollar or Language USA Code Page 437 0x00 0 0000 0 NULL 0x01 0 263 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 0 263 9787 BLACK SMILE 0x03 0 2665 9829 BLACK HART SUIT 0x04 0 2666 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0x05 0 2663 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT or Language USA Code Page 437 0x00 0 0000 0 NULL 0 01 0 263 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 0 263 9787 BLACK SMILE 0x03 0 2665 9829 BLACK HART SUIT 0x04 0 2666 9830 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 0 05 0 2663 9827 BLACK CLUB SUIT Numbers beginning with Ox are treated as hexadecimal all other as decimal Any line beginning with a non numeric value is ignored Any information after the Unicode value is ignored Not all of the ASCII ID s need to be present however only ID s present will be affected There are two ways to select a codepage file The first is by using the standard code page select command If this command is used the file name is critical it
103. BH 30H amp ST 79 Set 7 72 inch line spacing ESC 1 1BH 31H amp SG 80 Begin variable line spacing ESC 2 1BH 32H none 80 Enable ESC A lt n gt Set variable line spacing to n 216 ESC 3 lt n gt 1BH 33H amp SV m 79 inch lt m gt ma Set variable line spacing to n 72 ESC A n 1BH 41H none 80 inch Set Line spacing in points ESC V lt n gt 1BH 2BH 56H None 215 Set Line spacing in points ESC v lt n gt 1BH 2BH 76H None 216 Select minimum character height ESC P lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 50H none 215 and width in points Select minimum character height ESC p lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 70H none 216 and width in points Feed lt p gt lines at current spacing ESC d n 1BH 64H amp FL mj 82 lt m gt Set vertical tab stops ESC B nj n 1BH 42H none 83 lt gt lt gt 0 Vertical tab VT OBH amp VT 82 Form feed FF 0CH amp FF 83 Feed to black dot ESC IVT 1BH OBH None 86 Page 70 100 88002 Rev B Description IPCL Page equivalent code Set top of form ESC 4 1BH 34H amp TF 84 Set form length in lines ESC C lt n gt 1BH 43H amp SL mi 84 lt m gt gt Begin auto line feed n 0 end n 1 ESC 5 lt n gt 1BH 35H amp CA n 0 85 amp MA n 1 Set form length in inches ESC C NUL lt n gt 1BH 43H amp SI mi 84 lt m
104. Blinking Soft Errors Soft errors may be recovered by the host or by opening and closing the printer cover Each of these errors is indicated by a 5 second repeating blink pattern on the Power LED with the red Fault LED continuously on Out of Paper 2 Blinks Paper LED will also be on Cover Open 4 Blinks 3 The printer may be configured to beep if the cover is open 100 88002 Rev B Page 31 Page 32 Jam Detected 5 Blinks Missed Top of Form 6 Blinks Paper LED will blink fast Illegal or Bad Command 7 Blinks Paper LED will blink fast Printer Over Temp 8 Blinks Fault LED will blink slow Bad Power 8 Blinks Fault LED will blink fast Hard Errors Hard errors have a similar blink pattern to soft errors except that they are slower and repeat every 10 seconds In general these errors occur during level 0 diagnostics and are not recoverable In these cases the Error and Power LEDs will blink at the same time EEPROM read fault 2 Blinks EEPROM write fault 3 Blinks Error Vector Taken 4 Blinks Knife Error 5 Blinks User Store Format Error 7 Blinks User Data Store Error 8 Blinks Flash Read Write Error 9 Blinks Memory Error 12 Blinks Com Adapter 14 Blinks Kernel Fault 15 Blinks File system Fault 16 Blinks Auto Error Recovery The Epic 880 printer has the ability to auto recover from some internal errors Flash Format Errors The internal flash that is used to store graphic images is formatted to assure data integrity If this
105. C 0x004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L 0x08 0x0008 BACKSPACE Ox4D 0x004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M 0x09 0x0009 HORIZONTAL TABULATION Ox4E 0 004 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N Ox0A_ 0x000A LINE FEED Ox4F 0x004F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O OxOB 0x000B VERTICAL TABULATION 0x50 0x0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P Ox0C 0x000C FORM FEED 0x51 0x0051 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q OxOD Ox000D CARRIAGE RETURN 0x52 0x0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R OxOE Ox000E SHIFT OUT 0x53 0x0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S OxOF 0x000F SHIFT IN 0x54 0x0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T 0x10 0x0010 DATA LINK ESCAPE 0x55 0 0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U Ox11 0x0011 DEVICE CONTROL ONE 0x56 0x0056 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V 0x12 0x0012 DEVICE CONTROL TWO 0x57 0x0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W 0x13 0x0013 DEVICE CONTROL THREE 0x58 0x0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X 0x14 0x0014 DEVICE CONTROL FOUR 0x59 0x0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y 0x15 0x0015 NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE Ox5A 0x005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z 0x16 0x0016 SYNCHRONOUS IDLE Ox5B 0x005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET 0x17 0x0017 END OF TRANSMISSION BLOCK Ox5C 0x005C REVERSE SOLIDUS 0x18 0x0018 CANCEL Ox5D 0x005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET 0x19 0x0019 END OF MEDIUM Ox5E 0x005E CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT Ox1A 0Ox001A SUBSTITUTE Ox5F 0x005F LOW LINE Ox1B 0x001B ESCAPE 0x60 0x0060 GRAVE ACCENT Ox1C 0x001C FILE SEPARATOR 0x61 0x0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A Ox1D 0x001D GROUP SEPARATOR 0x62 0x0062 LATIN SMALL LETTER B Ox1E Ox001E RECORD SEPARATOR 0x63 0x0063 LATIN SMALL LETTER C Ox1F 0x001F UN
106. C 5 01 Begin auto line feed 85 ESC a n Set justification 78 ESC A n Set variable line spacing to n 72 inch 80 ESC b n Print bar code 131 138 176 ESC B n n5 ni O Set vertical tab stops 83 ESC Begin 12 cpi 90 ESC C NUL n Set form length in inches 84 ESC c n Select color 100 ESC C n Set form length in lines 84 ESC d n Feed n lines at current spacing 82 ESC D n4 n2 ns nj O Set horizontal tab stops 77 ESC E Begin emphasized print 104 ESC F End emphasized print 104 ESC f Select receipt station 107 109 111 112 113 114 ESC g 0 Process user macro 129 ESC g 1 Start macro record 129 ESC g 2 Stop macro record 129 ESC g 3 Stop macro record and save 129 ESC G Begin enhanced print 103 ESC h color length format data Process color graphics 118 ESC h color length format data Process horizontal graphics 118 ESC H End enhanced print 103 ESC n Set print quality mode 93 ESC J n Fine line feed 79 ESC J n Fine linefeed 142 143 144 145 ESC K n4 n2 Print single density graphics 115 ESC L n4 n5 Print half speed double density graphics 115 ESC Electronic Journal Carbon Copy 151 ESC p 3 n Select paper sensor s to output paper end signals 156 ESC p 4 n Select paper sensor s to stop
107. CUMFLEX OxCB 0x00CB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS Page 262 100 88002 Rev B Appendix E I nternal Code Pages Code Country Code Language Set Decimal lt gt Hex lt nh gt lt ni gt Page lt ni gt 64 USA Slashed 0 0 64 0H 040H 65 USA Unslashed 0 0 65 0H 041H 66 British 0 66 0H 042H 67 German 0 67 0H 043H 68 French 0 68 0H 044H 69 Swedish 0 69 0H 045H 70 Danish 0 70 0H 046H 71 Norwegian 0 71 0H 047H 72 Dutch 0 72 0H 048H 73 Italian 0 73 0H 049H 74 French Canadian 0 74 0H 04AH 75 Spanish 0 75 0H 04BH 76 Swedish II 0 76 0H 04CH 77 Swedish III 0 77 0H 04DH 78 Swedish IV 0 78 0H 04EH 79 Turkish 0 79 0H 04FH 80 Swiss 0 80 0H 050H 81 Swiss II 0 81 0H 051H 437 USA 1 181 1H 0B5H 737 Greek 2 225 2H 0E1H 850 Multilingual 3 82 3H 052H 852 East Europe Latin 11 852 3 84 3H 054H 855 Cyrillic 1 855 3 87 3H 057H 857 Turkey 857 3 89 3H 059H 858 Multilingual Euro 3 90 3H 05AH 866 Cyrillic 11 866 3 98 3H 062H 1004 1508859 3 236 3H 0ECH 1250 Windows 1250 Central Europe 4 226 4H 0E2H 1251 Windows 1251 Cyrillic 4 227 4H 0E3H 1252 Windows 1252 Latin 1 4 228 4H 0EA4H 1253 Windows 1253 Greek 4 229 4H 0E5H 1254 Windows 1254 Turkish 4 230 4H 0E6H 1257 Windows 1257 Baltic 4 233 4H 0E9H 28591 ISO8859 1 Latin 1 111 175 6FH AFH 28592 ISO8859 2 Latin 2 111 176 6FH BOH 28593 ISO8859 3 Latin 3 111 177 6FH
108. Clear print buffer 154 CR Set carriage return 76 DC2 Begin 10 cpi 90 End one line double wide print 100 ENQ 10 Request printer reset 164 ENQ 11 Request printer power cycle status 165 ENQ 14 Inquire mechanical error status 165 ENQ 15 Inquire printer state 166 ENQ 20 Inquire all printer status 166 ENQ 21 Inquire printer ID 168 ENQ 22 Inquire Error Status 169 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status 172 173 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status 170 171 172 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status 174 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status 235 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status 236 ENQ 3 Inquire receipt paper low status 163 ENQ 4 Inquire receipt paper out status 164 ENQ 8 Inquire cover open status 164 ENQ 9 Inquire buffer status 164 ENQ n Inquire printer status 163 ESC 1 Begin underline 101 103 ESC n Select international character set 81 88 89 97 98 152 153 189 206 207 208 209 213 214 215 216 221 222 223 224 225 226 ESC 4 0 Begin 12 x 12 draft print 93 ESC G Begin italics 105 ESC 96 H End italics 105 ESC m 0 0 Set horizontal graphics mode 119 121 ESC m n4 n5 Print graphics in mode m 116 ESC m n Reassign graphic mode 116 ESC Q Initialize the printer 155 ESC Double wide double high italics 10
109. Description The ESC US b Name 0 command erases the current macro initializes the macro buffer structure and redirects the following data to the macro buffer It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference If the name already exists in the flash user store the command is ignored The command must be followed by the End name macro record command with the same name If the data that follows is larger than the macro buffer about 16K the macro definition is terminated without saving any data The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function End named macro record ASCII ESC US e lt Name mac gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 65H Decimal 27 31 101 IPCL amp UG lt Name gt 0 EPOS none Description The ESC US e lt Name gt 0 command ends the macro record operation and saves the macro to flash It uses the lt Name gt field to verify the command end and must match the Begin named macro record command If the name already exists in the flash user store or the macro memory is exceeded the command is valid and the lt Name gt field prints If there is not enough room in the flash user store for the macro the save is not performed but the macro buffer is valid The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt
110. EFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 201D RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK 201E DOUBLE LOW 9 QUOTATION MARK 2020 DAGGER 2021 DOUBLE DAGGER 2022 BULLET 2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS 2030 PER MILLE SIGN 2032 PRIME 2033 DOUBLE PRIME 2039 SINGLE LEFT POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK 203A SINGLE RIGHT POINTING ANGLE QUOTATION MARK 203C DOUBLE EXCLAMATION MARK 203E OVERLINE 2044 FRACTION SLASH 207F SUPERSCRIPT LATIN SMALL LETTER N 20A3 FRENCH FRANC SIGN 20A4 LIRA SIGN 20A7 PESETA SIGN 20AC EURO CURRENCY SYMBOL 2105 CARE OF 2113 SCRIPT SMALL L 2116 NUMERO SIGN 2122 TRADEMARK SIGN 2126 OHM SIGN 212E ESTIMATED SYMBOL 215B VULGAR FRACTION ONE EIGHTH Page 252 100 88002 Rev B 215C VULGAR FRACTION THREE EIGHTHS 2588 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND 215D VULGAR FRACTION FIVE EIGHTHS LEFT 215E VULGAR FRACTION SEVEN EIGHTHS Jed BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE 2190 LEFTWARDS ARROW HORIZONTAL DOUBLE 2191 UPWARDS ARROW pm BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND 2192 RIGHTWARDS ARROW HORIZONTAL SINGLE 2193 DOWNWARDS ARROW 2566 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN 2194 LEFT RIGHT ARROW HORIZONTAL 2195 UP DOWN ARROW 2567 BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND 21A8 UP D
111. EIGHT a WFLINE 3228 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH NINE 3229 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TEN ASOT Ta 3231 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH STOCK 32A3 CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH CORRECT FES SMALL IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA nae SQUARE NIC FE52 SMALL FULL STOP SIEF SQUARE KG FE54 SMALL SEMICOLON E SQUARE MM FE55 SMALL COLON 3D SQUARE CM FE56 SMALL QUESTION MARK 339E SQUARE KM FE57 SMALL EXCLAMATION MARK m SQUARE MSQUARED FE59 SMALL LEFT PARENTHESIS 3304 SQUARE CC FESA SMALL RIGHT PARENTHESIS 33CE SQUARE KM CAPITAL FESB SMALL LEFT CURLY BRACKET m SQUARETN FESC SMALL RIGHT CURLY BRACKET 33D2 SQUARE FESD SMALL LEFT TORTOISE SHELL 33D5 SQUARE ML SHALL SGT TORTOISE SHELL UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH EXTENSION FESE BRACKET 4E00 9FA5 CJK UNIFIED IDEOGRAPH FESE SMALENUMBER SIGN E78D E796 PRIVATE USE AREA EEG SMALL AMPERSAND FE61 SMALL ASTERISK 100 88002 Rev B Page 259 FE62 SMALL PLUS SIGN FF2F FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O F30 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P F31 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q F32 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R F33 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S F34 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T F35 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U F36 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V F37 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W F38 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X F39 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y F3A FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z F3B
112. EK CAPITAL LETTER XI 039F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON 03A0 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI 03A1 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO 03A3 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA 03A4 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU 03A5 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON 03A6 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI 03A7 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI 03A8 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI 03A9 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA 03AA GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH DIALYTIKA 03AB GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA 03AC GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH TONOS 03AD GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON WITH TONOS GREEK SMALL LETTER WITH TONOS O3AF GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH TONOS 03B0 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH DIALYTIKA AND TONOS 03B1 GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA 03B2 GREEK SMALL LETTER BETA 03B3 GREEK SMALL LETTER GAMMA 03B4 GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA 03B5 GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON 03B6 GREEK SMALL LETTER ZETA 03B7 GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA 03B8 GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA 03B9 GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA 03BA GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA 03BB GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA 03BC GREEK SMALL LETTER MU 03BD GREEK SMALL LETTER NU GREEK SMALL LETTER XI GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON 03CO GREEK SMALL LETTER PI 03C1 GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO 03C2 GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA 03C3 GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA 03C4 GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU 03C5 GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON Page 251 03C6 GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI
113. ER BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT Ss BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY pu BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT pum BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND LEFT UP HEAVY Pa BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT UP HEAVY mm BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND HORIZONTAL au BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL Page 256 100 88002 Rev B BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND 253D RIGHT VERTICAL LIGHT Sue BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEFT VERTICAL LIGHT Pawa BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY mm BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND DOWN HORIZONTAL LIGHT SER BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND UP HORIZONTAL LIGHT m BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT 5878 BOX DRAWINGS LEFT UP HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT m BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT UP HEAVY AND LEFT DOWN LIGHT y BOX DRAWINGS LEFT DOWN HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT XE BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT dedi BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND UP HORIZONTAL HEAVY 3548 BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND DOWN HORIZONTAL HEAVY 2538 BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT LEFT VERTICAL HEAVY
114. ETTER WE FA18 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA18 30F2 KATAKANA LETTER WO RE CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FATF 30F3 KATAKANA LETTER N 30F4 KATAKANA LETTER VU FA20 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA20 30F5 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KA FA21 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA21 30F6 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL KE E3 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA23 SFG KATAKANA HIRAGANA PROLONGED A SOUND MARK FA24 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA24 30FD KATAKANA ITERATION MARK FA27 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA27 30FE KATAKANA VOICED ITERATION MARK FA28 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA28 3105 BOPOMOFO LETTER B FA29 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA29 3106 BOPOMOFO LETTER P PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3107 BOPOMOFO LETTER M TWO DOT LEADER 3108 BOPOMOFO LETTER F PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3109 BOPOMOFO LETTER D EM DASH 310A BOPOMOFO LETTER T FE33 PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 310B BOPOMOFO LETTER N LOW LINE 310C BOPOMOFO LETTER L FE34 PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 310D BOPOMOFO LETTER G WAVY LOW LINE 310E BOPOMOFOLETTERK EEG PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 310F BOPOMOFO LETTERH LEFT PARENTHESIS 3140 BOPOMOFO LETTER J m PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3111 BOPOMOFO LETTER Q RIGHT PARENTHESIS _ PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3112 BOPOMOFO LETTER X FE37 LEET CURLY BRACKET 3113 BOPOMOFO LETTER ZH m BOBOMOFO LETTER PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL FOL RIGHT CURLY BRACKET a BOPOMOFO LETTER SH PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 2 LEFT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET 3117 BOP
115. Epic 880 Printer 37 Configuration Mode Overview 39 Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities 39 How to Change Configuration Settings a 39 Entering into Configuration Mode sseeeseeeneeeeeeneeeeennnnnn 39 Setting up for Color Paper n nsn 40 DP 40 Remote Configuration a 40 Remote Boot Load uuu nennen 40 Field Configuration Feature get kick eR 41 Mounting Requirements 43 Mounting Requirements cite a 45 Bezel Mounting Specifications a radi 46 Spindle Mounting Options 47 45 Up Spindle Mounting x Rea au ci Ro pax RR V BEER R 47 Straight Back Spindle 48 45 Down Spindle Mounting 48 Straight Down Center Spindle Mounting ssennm 49 Straight Down Rear Spindle Mounting a 50 Control Panel Side Spindle Mounting 50 Mem 51 Print
116. Epic880 OEM Integration Manual TRANSACT Technologies Incorporated P N 1 00 88002 Rev B February 2009 Change History Rev A Initial Release Rev B Style and formatting update Added USB Watch dog Added several internal code pages Jan 2009 Feb 2009 Page ii 100 88002 Rev B Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement The Epic 880 Printer complies with the limits for a Class A computing device in accordance with the specifications in Part 15 of FCC rules These regulations are designed to minimize radio frequency interference during installation however there is no guarantee that radio or television interference will not occur during any particular installation Interference can be determined by turning the equipment off and on while the radio or television is on If the printer causes interference to radio or television reception try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures 1 Reorient the radio or television receiving antenna 2 Relocate the printer with respect to the receiver 3 Plug the printer and receiver into different circuits If necessary the user should consult their dealer or an experienced radio television technician for additional suggestions The user may find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission helpful How to dentify and Resolve Radio TV Interference Problems This booklet is available from the US Government Pri
117. FPE8800 1 06 lt 0 gt 100 88002 Rev B Page 161 Page 162 Printer Status Status Inquire The Epic 880 Printer is designed for use as part of an automated system where the host computer makes every attempt to correct problems with the printer In addition the host application requires that it be able to obtain more information from the printer than is typical of normal computer printers For example since a normal computer printer does not have cash drawers such additional features require that the standard printer protocol be extended to deal with the added features of a point of sale POS printer All inquire commands are processed as they are received preprocessed or real time and require a response from the printer Consequently parallel IEEE 1284 bidirectional communications USB or bidirectional serial operation is required The Epic 880 Printer looks at and evaluates all commands as they are received and does not respond to inquire commands that happen to be embedded in graphics or other commands For more details refer to the buffer and preprocessor descriptions in later sections In all cases inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged ACK or a not acknowledged NAK and then the command ID which allows the host application to make multiple requests and receive identifiable responses If the printer is configured for serial or USB operation the status is automatically returned to the host If the printer i
118. FULLWIDTH LEFT SQUARE BRACKET F3C FULLWIDTH REVERSE SOLIDUS F3D FULLWIDTH RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET F3E FULLWIDTH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT FOF FULLW DTH LOW LINE F40 FULLWI DTH GRAVE ACCENT mimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimimim mim mim FE63 SMALL HYPHEN MINUS FE64 SMALL LESS THAN SIGN FE65 SMALL GREATER THAN SIGN FE66 SMALL EQUALS SIGN FE68 SMALL REVERSE SOLIDUS FE69 SMALL DOLLAR SIGN FE6A SMALL PERCENT SIGN FE6B SMALL COMMERCIAL AT FFO1 FULLWIDTH EXCLAMATION MARK FF02 FULLWIDTH QUOTATION MARK FF03 FULLWIDTH NUMBER SIGN FF04 FULLWIDTH DOLLAR SIGN FF05 FULLWIDTH PERCENT SIGN FF06 FULLWIDTH AMPERSAND FF07 FULLWIDTH APOSTROPHE FF08 FULLWIDTH LEFT PARENTHESIS FF09 FULLWIDTH RIGHT PARENTHESIS FFOA FULLWIDTH ASTERISK FFOB FULLWIDTH PLUS SIGN FFOC FULLWIDTH COMMA FFOD FULLWIDTH HYPHEN MINUS FFOE FULLWIDTH FULL STOP FFOF FULLWIDTH SOLIDUS FF10 FULLWIDTH DIGIT ZERO FF11 FULLWIDTH DIGIT ONE FF12 FULLWIDTH DIGIT TWO FF13 FULLWIDTH DIGIT THREE FF14 FULLWIDTH DIGIT FOUR FF15 FULLWIDTH DIGIT FIVE FF16 FULLWIDTH DIGIT SIX FF17 FULLWIDTH DIGIT SEVEN FF18 FULLWIDTH DIGIT EIGHT FF19 FULLWIDTH DIGIT NINE FF1A FULLWIDTH COLON FF1B FULLWIDTH SEMICOLON FF1C FULLW
119. GHT 2916 LIGHT 2517 BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND RIGHT 2518 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT EE BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY mm BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT 251B BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY UP AND LEFT Stig BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND RIGHT HEAVY 3E BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT EUR BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND RIGHT LIGHT ES BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND RIGHT UP HEAVY 5535 BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND RIGHT DOWN HEAVY pum BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND 2524 quad m BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL LIGHT AND LEFT HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS UP HEAVY AND LEFT DOWN LIGHT ae BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND LEFT UP LIGHT See BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL HEAVY AND LEFT LIGHT m BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND LEFT UP HEAVY ERR BOX DRAWINGS UP LIGHT AND LEFT DOWN HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND 252B BOR Xeno BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND RIGHT DOWN LIGHT ESE BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT HEAVY AND LEET DOWN LIGHT SIUE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN LIGHT AND HORIZONTAL HEAVY 3530 BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND HORIZONTAL LIGHT eem BOX DRAWINGS RIGHT LIGHT AND LEFT DOWN HEAVY peer BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT DOWN HEAVY E BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY DOWN AND HORIZONTAL ar BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND HORIZONTAL nus BOX DRAWINGS LEFT HEAVY AND RIGHT UP LIGHT D
120. H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 73 gt Range d 0 4 72 The ESC command will set the character spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC J command in that all characters are centered on the fixed cell size It the character is too big for the cell it may overlap the previous and next character The character size is not adjusted to fit the cell 100 88002 Rev B Page 213 Page 214 If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended Function Set Character spacing in points All ASCII ESC i lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 69H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 105 gt Range d 0 16 255 The ESC i command will set the character spacing in points where point is defined as 1 288 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the
121. H n Decimal 27 121 n IPCL amp Y0 9 or amp YXK m lt m gt gt ms for numbers gt 9 EPOS ESC y n Wheren 0 1 Not valid 2 Reinitializes the printer and forces Epic 880 mode 3 Reinitializes the printer and forces extended EPOS mode 4 Disables IPCL commands 5 Enables IPCL commands 6 Disables inquire processing All command preprocessing is disabled 7 Enables inquire processing 8 Enables extended diagnostics 9 Print Current Configuration 10 Not used 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Not used 14 Reserved 15 Print Current totals 16 Reserved 17 Requests the printer to enter remote OFF 18 Requests the printer to exit remote OFF 20 Reserved Description The ESC y n command enables and disables command set features It is possible that the IPCL commands will interfere with print data If this occurs the IPCL can be disabled with an ESC y 4 command Note 1 Once IPCL commands are disabled the Enable IPLC command will not be a valid IPCL code Note 2 ESC y 0 1 2 and 3 allow the printer to switch between emulation modes When the switch takes place the current print buffer is printed and the printer reinitializes These commands do not permanently change the configuration A power on reset restores the mode that was configured in menu mode A reset by command or from the INIT pin does not restore the mode Note 3 ESC y 6 and 7 enable and di
122. HE 0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS 0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS 002A ASTERISK 002B PLUS SIGN 002C COMMA 002D HYPHEN MINUS 002 PERIOD 002F SLASH 0030 DIGIT ZERO 0031 DIGIT ONE 0032 DIGIT TWO 0033 DIGIT THREE 0034 DIGIT FOUR 0035 DIGIT FIVE 0036 DIGIT SIX 0037 DIGIT SEVEN 0038 DIGIT EIGHT 0039 DIGIT NINE 003A COLON 003B SEMICOLON 003C LESS THAN SIGN 003D EQUALS SIGN 003E GREATER THAN SIGN 003F QUESTION MARK 0040 COMMERCIAL AT 0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A 0042 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B 0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C 0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D 0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E 0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F 0047 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G 0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H 0049 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I 004A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J 004B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K 004C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L 004D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M 004E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N 004F LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O 0050 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER P 0051 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Q 0052 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R 0053 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S 0054 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T 0055 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U 0056 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER V 0057 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W 0058 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER X 0059 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y 005A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z 005B LEFT SQUARE BRACKET 005C BACKSLASH 005D RIGHT SQUARE BRACKET 005E CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 005F UNDERLINE 0060 GRAVE ACCENT 0061 LATIN SMALL LETTER A 0062 LATIN SMALL LETTER B 0063 LATIN SMALL LETTER C 0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D 0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E 0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F 0067
123. IDDLE AND RIGHT DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION 2FF3 CHARACTER ABOVE TO MIDDLE AND BELOW DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER FULL SURROUND ERU DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM ABOVE PEE DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM BELOW pam DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER SURROUND FROM LEFT DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION 2FF8 CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER LEFT DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION 2FF9 CHARACTER SURROUND FROM UPPER RIGHT DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION 2FFA CHARACTER SURROUND FROM LOWER LEFT pem DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER OVERLAID 3000 IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE 3001 IDEOGRAPHIC COMMA 3002 IDEOGRAPHIC FULL STOP 3003 DITTO MARK 3005 IDEOGRAPHIC ITERATION MARK 3006 IDEOGRAPHIC CLOSING MARK 3007 IDEOGRAPHIC NUMBER ZERO 3008 LEFT ANGLE BRACKET 3009 RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET 300A LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET 3008 RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET 300 LEFT CORNER BRACKET 3000 RIGHT CORNER BRACKET 300E LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET 300F RIGHT WHITE CORNER BRACKET Page 257
124. IDTH LESS THAN SIGN FF1D FULLWIDTH EQUALS SIGN FF1E FULLWIDTH GREATER THAN SIGN FF1F FULLWIDTH QUESTION MARK FF20 FULLWIDTH COMMERCIAL AT F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F21 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A F22 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B F23 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C F24 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D F25 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E F26 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F F27 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G F28 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H F29 FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I F2A FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J F2B FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K F2C FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER L F2D FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER M F2E FULLWIDTH LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N Page 260 100 88002 Rev B F41 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER A F42 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER B F43 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER C F44 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER D F45 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER E F46 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER F F47 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER G F48 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER H F49 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER F4A FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER J F4B FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER K F4C FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER L FAD FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER M F4E FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER N F4F FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER O F50 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER P F51 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Q F52 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER R F53 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER S F54 FULLWIDTH LAT
125. IGN OxA3 0x00A3 POUND SIGN OxA4 0x00A4 CURRENCY SIGN 5 0x00A5 YEN SIGN 0Ox00A6 BROKEN BAR OxA7 Ox00A7 SECTION SIGN OxA8 Ox00A8 DIAERESIS OxA9 Ox00A9 COPYRIGHT SIGN OxAA 0x00AA FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR OxAB 0Ox00AB LEFT POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK OxAC 0x00AC NOT SIGN OxAD 0x00AD SOFT HYPHEN OxAE OxOOAE REGISTERED SIGN OxAF 0x00AF MACRON OxBO Ox00BO DEGREE SIGN OxB1 0x00B1 PLUS MINUS SIGN OxB2 0x00B2 SUPERSCRIPT TWO OxB3 Ox00B3 SUPERSCRIPT THREE OxB4 0x00B4 ACUTE ACCENT OxB5 0x00B5 MICRO SIGN OxB6 0x00B6 PILCROW SIGN OxB7 0x00B7 MIDDLE DOT OxB8 0x00B8 CEDILLA OxB9 0x00B9 SUPERSCRIPT ONE OxBA 0x00BA MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR OxBB 0x00BB RIGHT POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK OxBC 0x00BC VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER OxBD 0x00BD VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF OxBE OxOOBE VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS OxBF OxOOBF INVERTED QUESTION MARK OxCO 0x00CO LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE OxC1 0x00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE OxC2 0x00C2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxC3 0x00C3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH TILDE OxC4 0x00C4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS OxC5 0x00C5 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE OxC6 0x00C6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER AE OxC7 0x00C7 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA OxC8 0x00C8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH GRAVE OxC9 0x00C9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH ACUTE OxCA 0x00CA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH CIR
126. IN SMALL LETTER T F55 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER U F56 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER V F57 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER W F58 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER X F59 FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Y FF5A FULLWIDTH LATIN SMALL LETTER Z FF5B FULLWIDTH LEFT CURLY BRACKET FF5C FULLWIDTH VERTICAL LINE FF5D FULLWIDTH RIGHT CURLY BRACKET FF5E FULLWIDTH TILDE FFEO FULLWIDTH CENT SIGN FFE1 FULLWIDTH POUND SIGN FFE2 FULLWIDTH NOT SIGN FFE3 FULLWIDTH MACRON FFE4 FULLWIDTH BROKEN BAR FFES FULLWIDTH YEN SIGN Appendix D Typical Code Page Definition Windows 1252 Latin 1 to Unicode translation ASCII Unicode Character 0x44 0x0044 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D 0x00 0x0000 NULL 0x45 0x0045 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E 0x01 0x0001 START OF HEADING 0x46 0x0046 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER F 0x02 0x0002 START OF TEXT 0x47 0x0047 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G 0x03 0x0003 END OF TEXT 0x48 0x0048 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER H 0x04 0x0004 END OF TRANSMISSION 0x49 0x0049 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I 0x05 0x0005 ENQUIRY Ox4A 0x004A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER J 0x06 0x0006 ACKNOWLEDGE Ox4B 0x004B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER K 0x07 0x0007 BELL Ox4
127. IRAGANA LETTER SMALL E 30A6 KATAKANA LETTER U 3048 HIRAGANA LETTER E 30A7 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL E 3049 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL O 30A8 KATAKANA LETTER E 304A HIRAGANA LETTER O 30A9 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL O 304B HIRAGANA LETTER KA 30AA KATAKANA LETTER O 304C HIRAGANA LETTER GA 30AB KATAKANA LETTER KA 304D HIRAGANA LETTER KI 30AC KATAKANA LETTER GA 304E HIRAGANA LETTER GI 30AD KATAKANA LETTER KI 304F HIRAGANA LETTER KU 30AE KATAKANA LETTER GI 3050 HIRAGANA LETTER GU 30AF KATAKANA LETTER KU 3051 HIRAGANA LETTER KE 30B0 KATAKANA LETTER GU 3052 HIRAGANA LETTER GE 30B1 KATAKANA LETTER KE 3053 HIRAGANA LETTER KO 30B2 KATAKANA LETTER GE 3054 HIRAGANA LETTER GO 30B3 KATAKANA LETTER KO 3055 HIRAGANA LETTER SA 30B4 KATAKANA LETTER GO 3056 HIRAGANA LETTER ZA 30B5 KATAKANA LETTER SA 3057 HIRAGANA LETTER SI 30B6 KATAKANA LETTER ZA 3058 HIRAGANA LETTER ZI 30B7 KATAKANA LETTER SI 3059 HIRAGANA LETTER SU 30B8 KATAKANA LETTER ZI 305A HIRAGANA LETTER ZU 30B9 KATAKANA LETTER SU 305B HIRAGANA LETTER SE 30BA KATAKANA LETTER ZU 305C HIRAGANA LETTER ZE 30BB KATAKANA LETTER SE 305D HIRAGANA LETTER SO 30BC KATAKANA LETTER ZE 305E HIRAGANA LETTER ZO 30BD KATAKANA LETTER SO 305F HIRAGANA LETTER TA 30BE KATAKANA LETTER ZO 3060 HIRAGANA LETTER DA 30BF KATAKANA LETTER TA 3061 HIRAGANA LETTER TI 30C0 KATAKANA LETTER DA 3062 HIRAGANA LETTER DI 30C1 KATAKANA LETTER TI 3063 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL TU 30C2 KATAKANA LETTER DI 3064 HIRAGANA LETTER TU 30C3 KATAKA
128. IT SEPARATOR 0x64 0x0064 LATIN SMALL LETTER D 0x20 0x0020 SPACE 0x65 0x0065 LATIN SMALL LETTER E 0x21 0x0021 EXCLAMATION MARK 0x66 0x0066 LATIN SMALL LETTER F 0x22 0x0022 QUOTATION MARK 0x67 0x0067 LATIN SMALL LETTER G 0x23 0x0023 NUMBER SIGN 0x68 0x0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H 0x24 0x0024 DOLLAR SIGN 0x69 0x0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER I 0x25 0x0025 PERCENT SIGN Ox6A 0Ox006A LATIN SMALL LETTER J 0x26 0x0026 AMPERSAND Ox6B 0x006B LATIN SMALL LETTER K 0x27 0x0027 APOSTROPHE Ox6C 0x006C LATIN SMALL LETTER L 0x28 0x0028 LEFT PARENTHESIS Ox6D 0x006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M 0x29 0x0029 RIGHT PARENTHESIS Ox6E 0 006 LATIN SMALL LETTER N Ox2A 0 002 ASTERISK Ox6F 0x006F LATIN SMALL LETTER O Ox2B 0x002B PLUS SIGN 0x70 0x0070 LATIN SMALL LETTER P Ox2C 0x002C COMMA Ox71 0x0071 LATIN SMALL LETTER Q Ox2D 0x002D HYPHEN MINUS 0x72 0x0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R Ox2E 0 002 FULL STOP 0x73 0x0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S Ox2F 0 002 SOLIDUS 0x74 0x0074 LATIN SMALL LETTER T 0x30 0x0030 DIGIT ZERO 0x75 0x0075 LATIN SMALL LETTER U 0x31 0x0031 DIGIT ONE 0x76 0x0076 LATIN SMALL LETTER V 0x32 0x0032 DIGIT TWO 0x77 0x0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W 0x33 0x0033 DIGIT THREE 0x78 0x0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X 0x34 0x0034 DIGIT FOUR 0x79 0x0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y 0x35 0x0035 DIGIT FIVE Ox7A 0x007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z 0x36 0x0036 DIGIT SIX Ox7B 0x007B LEFT CURLY BRACKET 0x37 0x0037 DIGIT SEVEN Ox7C 0x007C VERTICAL LINE 0x38 0x0038 DIGIT EIGHT Ox7D 0x007D RIGHT CURL
129. KATAKANA LETTER ME 3083 HIRAGANA LETTER SMALL YA 30E2 KATAKANA LETTER MO Page 258 100 88002 Rev B 30E3 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YA 7 7 7 8 PRIVATE USE AREA 30E4 KATAKANA LETTER YA E815 E864 PRIVATE USE AREA 30E5 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YU F92C COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH F92C 30E6 KATAKANA LETTER YU F979 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH F979 30E7 KATAKANA LETTER SMALL YO F995 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH F995 30E8 KATAKANA LETTER YO F9E7 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH F9E7 30E9 KATAKANA LETTER RA F9F1 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH F9F1 30EA KATAKANA LETTER RI FAOC CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA0C 30EB KATAKANA LETTER RU FAOD CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FAOD 30EC KATAKANA LETTER RE CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FAO0E 30ED KATAKANA LETTER RO FAOF CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FAOF 30EE KATAKANA LETTER SMALL WA FA11 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA11 30EF KATAKANA LETTER WA FA13 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA13 30F0 KATAKANA LETTER WI FA14 CJK COMPATIBILITY IDEOGRAPH FA14 30F1 KATAKANA L
130. L gt lt L gt lt data gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 57H Decimal 27 30 87 Description The ESC RS W command sends data to the printer to be stored in the file The LL LH parameters specify the length of data that will follow where the length is LH 256 LL The data is treated as binary data with no translations Page 224 100 88002 Rev B Function Read File command All ASCII ESC RS R lt L gt lt Ly gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 52H Decimal lt 27 gt 30 82 Description The ESC RS R command requests that data be read from the file and returned to the host The lt LL gt lt LH gt parameters specify the length of data that should be returned where LH 256 LL specifies the number of returned bytes The data is treated as binary data with no translations If there is not enough data in the file to make up the requested length only the available data is returned Function Generate and return a file directory report All ASCII ESC RS Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 49H Decimal 27 30 73 Description The ESC RS l command requests that a formatted text directory be returned from the printer Each line is null terminated Function Erase all files in a partition All ASCII ESC RS X lt p gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 58H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 30 gt lt 88 gt lt p gt selects the partition 0 System 1 User Description The ESC RS X command requests that the selecte
131. LATIN SMALL LETTER G 0068 LATIN SMALL LETTER H 0069 LATIN SMALL LETTER I 006A LATIN SMALL LETTER J 006B LATIN SMALL LETTER K 006C LATIN SMALL LETTER L 006D LATIN SMALL LETTER M 006E LATIN SMALL LETTER N 006F LATIN SMALL LETTER O 0070 LATIN SMALL LETTER P 0071 LATIN SMALL LETTER Q 0072 LATIN SMALL LETTER R 0073 LATIN SMALL LETTER S 0074 LATIN SMALL LETTER T 0075 LATIN SMALL LETTER U 0076 LATIN SMALL LETTER V 0077 LATIN SMALL LETTER W 0078 LATIN SMALL LETTER X 0079 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y 007A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z 007B LEFT CURLY BRACKET 007C VERTICAL LINE 007D RIGHT CURLY BRACKET 007E TILDE 00A0 NO BREAK SPACE 00A1 INVERTED EXCLAMATION MARK 00A2 CENT SIGN 00A3 POUND SIGN 00A4 CURRENCY SIGN 00A5 YEN SIGN 00A6 BROKEN BAR 00A7 SECTION SIGN 00A8 DIAERESIS 00A9 COPYRIGHT SIGN 00AA FEMININE ORDINAL INDICATOR 00AB LEFT GUILLEMET 00AC NOT SIGN 00AD SOFT HYPHEN 00AE REGISTERED TRADE MARK SIGN 00AF MACRON OVERLINE 00B0 DEGREE SIGN 00B1 PLUS MINUS SIGN 00B2 SUPERSCRIPT TWO 00B3 SUPERSCRIPT THREE 00B4 ACUTE ACCENT 00B5 MICRO SIGN 00B6 PARAGRAPH SIGN 00B7 MIDDLE DOT KANA CONJOCTIVE 00B8 CEDILLA 00B9 SUPERSCRIPT ONE 00BA MASCULINE ORDINAL INDICATOR 00BB RIGHT GUILLEMET 00BC VULGAR FRACTION ONE QUARTER 00BD VULGAR FRACTION ONE HALF OOBE VULGAR FRACTION THREE QUARTERS OOBF INVERTED QUESTION MARK 00CO LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00C1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH ACUTE
132. LETTER E 2208 ELEMENT OF 042E CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YU 220F N ARY PRODUCT 042F CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER YA 2211 N ARY SUMMATION 0430 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTERA 2215 DIVISION SLASH 0431 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BE 221A SQUARE ROOT 0432 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER VE 221D PROPORTIONAL TO 0433 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE 221E INFINITY 0434 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DE 221F RIGHT ANGLE 0435 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IE 2220 ANGLE 0436 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZHE 2223 DIVIDES 0437 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ZE 2225 PARALLEL TO 0438 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER 2227 LOGICAL AND 0439 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT 2228 LOGICAL OR 043A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KA 2229 INTERSECTION 043B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EL 222A UNION 043C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EM 222B INTEGRAL 043D CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EN 222E CONTOUR INTEGRAL 043E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER O 2234 THEREFORE 043F CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER PE 2235 BECAUSE 0440 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ER 2236 RATIO 0441 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER ES 2237 PROPORTION 0442 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TE 223D REVERSED TILDE LAZY S 0443 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER U 2248 ALMOST EQUAL TO 0444 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER EF 224C ALL EQUAL TO 100 88002 Rev B Page 255 APPROXIMATELY EQUAL TO OR THE BOX DRAWINGS DOWN HEAVY AND
133. LEX ACCENT OOFC LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS OOFD LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT OOFE LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN OOFF LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS 0100 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH MACRON 0101 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH MACRON 0102 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH BREVE 0103 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH BREVE 0104 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK 0105 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK 0106 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0107 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0108 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0109 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CIRCUMFLEX 010A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE 010B LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH DOT ABOVE 010C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C WITH CARON 010D LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CARON 010E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH HACEK 010F LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH HACEK 0110 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE 0111 LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE 0112 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH MACRON 0113 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH MACRON 0114 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH BREVE 0115 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH BREVE 0116 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE 0117 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DOT ABOVE 0118 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGENEK 0119 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGENEK 011A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH HACEK 011B LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH HACEK 011C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX 011D LATIN SMALL LETTER G WITH CIRCUMFLEX 011E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER G WITH BREVE 011F LATIN
134. N AND 2200 RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOWN AND 256E POX pum BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC UP AND LEFT 100 88002 Rev B 2970 RIGHT ER BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL UPPER RIGHT TO LOWER LEFT mE BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL UPPER LEFT TO LOWER RIGHT mum BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DIAGONAL CROSS 2581 LOWER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK 2582 LOWER ONE QUARTER BLOCK 2583 LOWER THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK 2584 LOWER HALF BLOCK 2585 LOWER FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK 2586 LOWER THREE QUARTERS BLOCK 2587 LOWER SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK 2588 FULL BLOCK 2589 LEFT SEVEN EIGHTHS BLOCK 258A LEFT THREE QUARTERS BLOCK 258B LEFT FIVE EIGHTHS BLOCK 258C LEFT HALF BLOCK 258D LEFT THREE EIGHTHS BLOCK 258E LEFT ONE QUARTER BLOCK 258F LEFT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK 2593 DARK SHADE 2504 UPPER ONE EIGHTH BLOCK 2595 RIGHT ONE EIGHTH BLOCK 25A0 BLACK SQUARE 25A1 WHITE SQUARE 25B2 BLACK UP POINTING TRIANGLE 25B3 WHITE UP POINTING TRIANGLE 25BC BLACK DOWN POINTING TRIANGLE 25BD WHITE DOWN POINTING TRIANGLE 25C6 BLACK DIAMOND 25C7 WHITE DIAMOND 25CB WHITE CIRCLE 25CE BULLSEYE 25CF BLACK CIRCLE 25E2 BLACK LOWER RIGHT TRIANGLE 25E3 BLACK LOWER LEFT TRIANGLE 25 4 BLACK UPPER LEFT TRIANGLE 25E5 BLACK UPPER RIGHT TRIANGLE 2605 BLACK STAR 2606 WHITE STAR 2609 SUN 2640 FEMALE SIGN 2642 MALE SIGN DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER LEFT TO RIGHT as DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION CHARACTER ABOVE TO BELOW DEOGRAPHIC DESCRIPTION 2FF2 CHARACTER LEFT TO M
135. NA LETTER SMALL TU 3065 HIRAGANA LETTER DU 30C4 KATAKANA LETTER TU 3066 HIRAGANA LETTER TE 30C5 KATAKANA LETTER DU 3067 HIRAGANA LETTER DE 30C6 KATAKANA LETTER TE 3068 HIRAGANA LETTER TO 30C7 KATAKANA LETTER DE 3069 HIRAGANA LETTER DO 30C8 KATAKANA LETTER TO 306A HIRAGANA LETTER NA 30C9 KATAKANA LETTER DO 306B HIRAGANA LETTER NI 30CA KATAKANA LETTER NA 306C HIRAGANA LETTER NU 30CB KATAKANA LETTER NI 306D HIRAGANA LETTER NE 30CC KATAKANA LETTER NU 306E HIRAGANA LETTER NO 30CD KATAKANA LETTER NE 306F HIRAGANA LETTER HA 30CE KATAKANA LETTER NO 3070 HIRAGANA LETTER BA 30CF KATAKANA LETTER HA 3071 HIRAGANA LETTER PA 30D0 KATAKANA LETTER BA 3072 HIRAGANA LETTER HI 30D1 KATAKANA LETTER PA 3073 HIRAGANA LETTER BI 30D2 KATAKANA LETTER HI 3074 HIRAGANA LETTER PI 30D3 KATAKANA LETTER BI 3075 HIRAGANA LETTER HU 30D4 KATAKANA LETTER PI 3076 HIRAGANA LETTER BU 30D5 KATAKANA LETTER HU 3077 HIRAGANA LETTER PU 30D6 KATAKANA LETTER BU 3078 HIRAGANA LETTER HE 30D7 KATAKANA LETTER PU 3079 HIRAGANA LETTER BE 30D8 KATAKANA LETTER HE 307A HIRAGANA LETTER PE 30D9 KATAKANA LETTER BE 307B HIRAGANA LETTER HO 30DA KATAKANA LETTER PE 307C HIRAGANA LETTER BO 30DB KATAKANA LETTER HO 307D HIRAGANA LETTER PO 30DC KATAKANA LETTER BO 307E HIRAGANA LETTER MA 30DD KATAKANA LETTER PO 307F HIRAGANA LETTER MI 30DE KATAKANA LETTER MA 3080 HIRAGANA LETTER MU 30DF KATAKANA LETTER MI 3081 HIRAGANA LETTER ME 30E0 KATAKANA LETTER MU 3082 HIRAGANA LETTER MO 30E1
136. O6FF Usb sys OxDEF9 Only the Por ini and Usb sys files will be checked in this example An additional and optional feature of this command is that it can verify the CRC of the operating firmware By adding Firmware as a file name this command will recalculate the Firmware CRC and compare it to the master value If the recalculation does not match the master value this command will return a failed response The file would be as follows to add the Firmware check By using the master value this file need not be updated if the firmware is updated Por ini OxO6FF Usb sys OxDEF9 Firmware By knowing the CRC of the Verify cfg file the host application can verify that all the other files are correct and optionally the firmware without knowing anything about the other files of firmware Note The default Verify cfg file contains the as shipped POR INI file the USB SYS file and any resident fonts In addition it includes a Firmware Verify If any of these files are modified the Verify command must be updated to reflect any changes Note This command is not performed as a condition of normal operation It is up to the host application to refuse to use the printer if this command returns a fail to verify status Note if the Verify cfg file is not present the verify command will return VB and a 0 CRC 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 12 Epic 880 Extended Printer Control 100 88002 Rev B Page 227 This page intentionally left blank
137. OMOFO LETTER Z PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3118 BOPOMOFO LETTER C RIGHT TORTOISE SHELL BRACKET 3119 BOPOMOFO LETTER S mms PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 311A BOPOMOFO LETTER A LEFT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET 311B BOPOMOFO LETTER O PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 311C BOPOMOFO LETTER E RIGHT BLACK LENTICULAR BRACKET 311D BOPOMOFO LETTER EH FE3D PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 311E BOPOMOFO LETTER AI LEFT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET 311F BOPOMOFO LETTER El PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3120 BOPOMOFO LETTER AU RIGHT DOUBLE ANGLE BRACKET 3121 BOPOMOFO LETTER OU PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3122 BOPOMOFO LETTER AN LEFT ANGLE BRACKET 3123 BOPOMOFO LETTER EN EID PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3124 BOPOMOFO LETTER ANG RIGHT ANGLE BRACKET 3125 BOPOMOFO LETTER ENG are PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3126 BOPOMOFO LETTER ER LEFT CORNER BRACKET 3127 BOPOMOFO LETTERI FE42 PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3128 BOPOMOFO LETTER U RIGHT CORNER BRACKET 3129 BOPOMOFO LETTER IU Feis PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3220 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH ONE LEFT WHITE CORNER BRACKET __ 3221 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH TWO FE44 PRESENTATION FORM FOR VERTICAL 3222 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH THREE EAS ATE CORNER BRACKET 3223 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FOUR 3224 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH FIVE CENTRELINE OVERLINE 3225 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SIX ce WAVY OVERLINE FE4C DOUBLE WAVY OVERLINE 3226 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH SEVEN H 3227 PARENTHESIZED IDEOGRAPH
138. OS can be used on the Microsoft Windows platform It allows access to all the features of a retail device without having to deal with specific device commands It also allows information to be retrieved from the retail device When not to use an OPOS driver When the application is written using windows print API and device specific commands are sent directly through the application to the device Page 244 100 88002 Rev B USB driver A USB driver is a low level device driver required for USB communication with the printers It is a plug and play driver and needs to be installed for USB printers when the printer is initially plugged into the system Windows Operating System OPOS USB Interface Driver USB Driver PRINTER USB Interface Windows Driver USB Interface Windows Print App Figure 34 USB Driver When to use the USB driver USB Driver is needed whenever data is to be sent received from the printer using the USB interface It is needed with both the Windows and the OPOS drivers when these drivers use the USB interface as the underlying communication path It is also needed if the application does not use either the OPOS or the Windows driver but needs to communicate directly with the printer using the USB interface When not to use the USB driver USB driver is not needed if the application uses any of the other forms of communication viz serial parallel or Ethernet and does not use USB 100 88002 Rev
139. OWN ARROW WITH BASE HORIZONTAL DOUBLE 2202 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL 2568 BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND 2206 INCREMENT HORIZONTAL SINGLE 220F N ARY PRODUCT 2569 PORE AS INGS DOUBLE UP AND 2211 N ARY SUMMATION BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND 2212 MINUS SIGN 256A HORIZONTAL DOUBLE 2215 DIVISION SASI BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND 2219 BULLET OPERATOR 256B BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND 221E INFINITY 256C HORIZONTAL EL RIGHTANGLE 2580 UPPER HALF BLOCK 2208 INTEGRAL 2584 LOWER HALF BLOCK 2588 FULL BLOCK 2248 ALMOST EQUAL TO ABC LEFT HALF BLOCK 5280 NOT EQUAL TO 2590 RIGHT HALF BLOCK 2591 LIGHT SHADE 2264 LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2592 MEDIUM SHADE 2265 GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 2593 DARK SHADE 2302 HOUSE 2310 REVERSED NOT SIGN eon BLACK SQUARE 25A1 WHITE SQUARE 2320 TOP HALF INTEGRAL 25AA BLACK SMALL SQUARE 2321 BOTTOM HALF INTEGRAL 25AB WHITE SMALL SQUARE 2500 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT HORIZONTAL SAC BLACK RECTANGLE 2502 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL 25B2 BLACK UP POINTING TRIANGLE 250C BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND RIGHT EBA BLACK RIGHT POINTING POINTER 2510 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND LEFT BLACK DOWN POINTING TRIANGLE 2514 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND RIGHT BLACKLEFT POINTING POINTES 2518 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT UP AND LEFT JECA LOZENGE 251C BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND RIGHT WHITE CIRCLE 2524 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT VERTICAL AND LEFT BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT DOWN AND suds BLACK CIRCLE 252C HORIZONTAL 25D8 INVERSE BULLET 2534 BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT U
140. P AND HORIZONTAL 2203 INVERSE WHITE CIRCLE 253C SOL RIGET MERCI ANB 263A WHITE SMILING FACE 2550 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL 2938 LAO SUO ae 2551 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL 5640 FEMALE SIGN nes BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT 5649 MALE SIGN 2660 BLACK SPADE SUIT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT 2553 SINGLE 2663 BLACK CLUB SUIT 2554 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT 2665 BLACK HEART SUIT BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT 2666 BLACK DIAMOND SUIT 2555 DOUBLE 266A EIGHTH NOTE Bebe BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT 266B BEAMED EIGHTH NOTES SINGLE F001 FI LIGATURE 2557 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND LEFT F002 FL LIGATURE 2558 BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT FBO1 FI LIGATURE DOUBLE FB02 FL LIGATURE 5686 BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE 255A BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT n BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE mm BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE 255D BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT JEEE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND 2560 RIGHT pae BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE RES BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE 100 88002 Rev B Page 253 Appendix C GB18030 Character Addresses There are 28575 Characters in this set
141. PITAL LETTER N WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0144 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0145 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA 0146 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH CEDILLA 0147 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH HACEK 0148 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH HACEK Page 250 100 88002 Rev B LATIN SMALL LETTER N PRECEDED BY 0149 APOSTROPHE 014A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ENG 014B LATIN SMALL LETTER ENG 014C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH MACRON 014D LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH MACRON 014E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH BREVE 014F LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH BREVE S LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT m LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT 0152 LATIN CAPITAL LIGATURE O WITH E 0153 LATIN SMALL LIGATURE O WITH E dis LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0155 LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH ACUTE ACCENT 0156 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA 0157 LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH CEDILLA 0158 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER R WITH HACEK 0159 LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH HACEK PER LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH ACUTE ACCENT 015B LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH ACUTE ACCENT 015C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CI
142. PITAL LETTER O WITH TILDE OxD6 Ox00D6 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS OxD7 0x00D7 MULTIPLICATION SIGN OxD8 0x00D8 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH STROKE OxD9 0x00D9 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH GRAVE OxDA 0x00DA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE OxDB 0x00DB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxDC 0x00DC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS OxDD 0x00DD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE OxDE 0x00DE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN OxDF OxOODF LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S OxEO OxOOEO LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE OxE1 Ox00E1 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE OxE2 0 00 2 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0x00E3 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE OxE4 OxOOE4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS OxE5 0 00 5 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE OxEG 0 00 6 LATIN SMALL LETTER AE OxE7 Ox00E7 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA OxE8 OxOOE8 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE OxE9 OxOOE9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE OxEA Ox00EA LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxEB OxOOEB LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS OxEC OxOO0EC LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH GRAVE OxED 0x00ED LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH ACUTE OxEE OxOOEE LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxEF OxOOEF LATIN SMALL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS OxFO 0x00F0 LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH OxF1 Ox00F 1 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE OxF2 Ox00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE OxF3 Ox00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE
143. PITAL LETTER ZETA 0397 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ETA 0398 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER THETA 0399 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA 039A GREEK CAPITAL LETTER KAPPA 039B GREEK CAPITAL LETTER LAMDA 039C GREEK CAPITAL LETTER MU 039D GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU 039E GREEK CAPITAL LETTER XI 039F GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON 0445 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HA 03A0 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PI 0446 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE 03A1 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER RHO 0447 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE 03A3 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER SIGMA 0448 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA 03A4 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER TAU 0449 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA 03A5 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON 044A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN 03A6 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PHI 044B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU 03A7 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER CHI 044C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN 03A8 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER PSI 044D CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E 03A9 GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMEGA 044E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU 03B1 GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA 044F CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA 03B2 GREEK SMALL LETTER
144. Page 228 100 88002 Rev B The Epic 880 printer has a number of Extended Control commands that allow an application to better track and maintain the printer These commands are part of each supported emulation The printer maintains a log of printer activity This activity may be returned to the host with the ESC T command This command returns a T followed by four binary bits that make up a 32 bit unsigned integer The description of the command below describes the format in full The printer also contains a number of commands that will force the printer to perform specific functions to help maintain the printer or print information about the printer The functions available are 1 Print current configuration 2 Print current log totals Note Each of these commands follow the ESC or ESCy format Other functions are performed by these basic commands Do not attempt to use any undocumented version of these commands The extended diagnostics commands may affect the print quality and performance of the printer In some cases the commands may degrade the performance of the print cartridge or mechanism Function Read and Return Totals ASCII ESC T n Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 54H n Decimal lt 27 gt 126 84 n Description This command returns the current statistics for parameter n The value returned will be T lt n gt with the next 4 bytes being an unsigned integer For example ESC T lt 1 gt Request cover open co
145. QTY 68 J CR LF RITZ D01 QTY 2 50 D CR LF CHIPS D01 QTY 50 D CR LF STORAGE BAG D04 QTY 50 J CR LF esc lt 1 gt Resume the record SUB TOTAL 8 68 CR LF SALES TAX 1 50 CR LF CR LF TOTAL 10 18 CR LF CASH TEND 20 00 CR LF ESC c lt 1 gt CHANGE DUE 9 82 CR LF ESC c lt 0 gt esc 1 lt 0 gt End the record esc a lt 1 gt LF LF ESC lt 4 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 34 gt lt 2 gt THANK YOU CR LF ESC lt 4 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 17 gt lt 1 gt FOR SHOPPING WITH US cr 1 esc a lt 0 gt esc d lt 15 gt esc lv Page 148 100 88002 Rev B The resulting journal entry would then only contain Date 0 Time 0 ST 2000 OP 00067 TE 021 0035 SUB TOTAL 8 68 SALES TAX 1 50 TOTAL 10 18 CASH TEND 20 00 CHANGE DUE 9 82 In carbon copy mode any printer control commands in the record data will be added to the journal record As the records are printed those commands will be used to format the print Some care should be taken to assure that only format control command that you intend to be printed later get in the journal Note Information is gathered in packets or 16 bytes If power is lost before the record is closed up to 16 bytes of information may be lost The link list will be repaired with data loss when power is next applied 100 88002 Rev B Page 149 Page 150 Journal mode Journal mode is a station select command All data
146. RCUMFLEX 015D LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CIRCUMFLEX 015E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA O15F LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH CEDILLA 0160 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER S WITH HACEK 0161 LATIN SMALL LETTER S WITH HACEK 0162 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA 0163 LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH CEDILLA 0164 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH HACEK 0165 LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH HACEK 0166 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER T WITH STROKE 0167 LATIN SMALL LETTER T WITH STROKE 0168 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH TILDE 0169 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH TILDE 016A LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH MACRON 016B LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH MACRON 016C LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH BREVE 016D LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH BREVE 016E LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE 016F LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH RING ABOVE um LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT m LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH DOUBLE ACUTE ACCENT 0172 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH OGONEK 0173 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH OGONEK 0174 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0175 LATIN CMALL LETTER W WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0176 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0177 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH CIRCUMFLEX 0178 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH DIAERESIS LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE ACCENT 017A LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH ACUTE ACCENT 017B LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE 017C LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH DOT ABOVE 017D LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z WITH HACEK 017E LATIN SMALL LETTER Z WITH HACEK 017F LATIN SMALL LETTER LONG
147. Response ACK lt 35 gt 41 n Where 35 Is the echo of command 41 Length 40 n The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire 100 88002 Rev B 100 88002 Rev B Page 175 ESC EM P n Activate Periodic Status Back ASCII ESC EM P lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 50H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt 25 lt 80 gt lt gt IPCL None EPOS None Description This command activates the periodic status back feature It will automatically return an ENQ lt 20 gt status See page 166 on a periodic bases The value of n is the period in 100 MS intervals This command is saved through power cycles Once set it need not be set again however you can set it the same value repeatedly as it is only saved if itis changed In general it should not be changed on a regular bases Where n Interval in 100 MS increments IE 20 2 Seconds Setting the value to 0 disables the feature Note Periodic status back can also be activated with the ESC EM p command however it is not save during a power cycle ESC EM p lt n gt Activate Periodic Status Back ASCII ESC EM p lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 70H lt n gt Decimal 27 25 lt 112 gt lt n gt IPCL None EPOS None Description This command temporarily disables and enables the periodic status back feature if previously activated with the ESC EM P command Where n 0 disables PSB and n non zero Enables PSB at the interval defined by the
148. T 00DA LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00DB LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00DC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER U WITH DIAERESIS 0000 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00DE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN OODF LATIN SMALL LETTER SHARP S 00E0 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00E1 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00E2 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH TILDE 00E4 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH DIAERESIS 00E5 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH RING ABOVE 00 6 LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH E 00E7 LATIN SMALL LETTER C WITH CEDILLA 00E8 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00E9 LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH ACUTE ACCENT O0EA LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT O00EB LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS 00EC LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00ED LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT OOEF LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH DIAERESIS OOFO LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH 00F1 LATIN SMALL LETTER N WITH TILDE 00F2 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH GRAVE ACCENT 00F3 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH ACUTE ACCENT 00 4 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 00F5 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH TILDE 00F6 LATIN SMALL LETTER O WITH DIAERESIS 00F7 DIVISION SIGN 00 8 LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH OBLIQUE STROKE 00F9 LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH GRAVE ACCENT LATIN SMALL LETTER WITH ACUTE ACCENT O0FB LATIN SMALL LETTER U WITH CIRCUMF
149. TER HA 0446 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSE 0447 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER CHE 0448 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHA 0449 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHCHA 044A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER HARD SIGN 044B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YERU 044C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SOFT SIGN 044D CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER E 044E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YU 044F CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YA 0451 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER IO 0452 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DJE 0453 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GJE 0454 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER UKRAINIAN IE 0455 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZE 0456 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER BYELORUSSIAN UKRAINIAN 0457 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER YI 0458 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER JE 0459 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER LJE 045A CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER NJE 045B CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER TSHE 045C CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER KJE 045E CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER SHORT U 045F CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER DZHE 0490 CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN 0491 CYRILLIC SMALL LETTER GHE WITH UPTURN 1E80 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH GRAVE 1E81 LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH GRAVE 1E82 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH ACUTE 1E83 LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH ACUTE 1E84 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS 1E85 LATIN SMALL LETTER W WITH DIAERESIS 1EF2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE 1EF3 LATIN SMALL LETTER Y WITH GRAVE 2013 EN DASH 2014 EM DASH 2015 HORIZONTAL BAR 2017 DOUBLE LOW LINE 2018 LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 2019 RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK 201A SINGLE LOW 9 QUOTATION MARK 201B SINGLE HIGH REVERSED 9 QUOTATION MARK 201C L
150. Technical and Sales Supportl a nn 5 On line Technical S pportx s a a n A u mua tuy nnne 5 Telephone Technical Support a aa 5 Return Materials Authorization and Return Policies 6 Service PrograrriS use eiecit m ie doti deer cui Loro russi pede Saa desto as tu gy uet 6 Sales SUpDOrts u gun cerner teer oe E Pee dde do ER ERE 6 Gontact Information cete asa dere etes ripe hg eta Pado Re veas 7 Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements 9 Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements 11 Standard Features ice ie tre ee a en cive re Te de RES ed ede 11 Optional Feat resu n ek ve da Muya vd a de Y EP Ea YR 12 General 13 Printer DIfriensioris e 13 e ES 13 Inrci pgo s M 14 Printer Types MI EE 14 Printer Environmental Conditions 14 14 AC Power Requirements 15 DC Power Requirements a nnne nnn 15 Power COnnector did a e era era a dau da 17 Test Stanmdards ii e eet pd pee Cte Dr e LR TREE PR ER cae
151. They are not intended for new applications ESC g 0 ASCII ESC g 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 00H Decimal lt 27 gt 103 0 IPCL amp GP EPOS ESC g 0 Process user macro Description The ESC g 0 command prints the user store data buffer ESC g 1 ASCII ESC g lt 1 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 01H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 1 gt IPCL amp GS EPOS ESC g 1 Start macro record Description The ESC g lt 1 gt command clears the user store data buffer and begins recording data The next 2000 bytes including characters and commands are recorded ESC g lt 2 gt ASCII ESC g lt 2 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 02H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 103 gt lt 2 gt IPCL amp GE EPOS ESC g lt 2 gt Stop macro record Description The ESC g lt 2 gt command stops recording user store data information The buffer is not saved into the nonvolatile memory ESC g lt 3 gt ASCII ESC g lt 3 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 67H 03H Decimal lt 27 gt 103 3 IPCL amp 96GW EPOS ESC g 3 100 88002 Rev B Stop macro record and save Page 129 Description The ESC g 3 command stops recording graphic save information The buffer is saved into the user store nonvolatile memory under the name ESCg3 Save Note The ESC g 3 command is supplied for compatibility with the Series 80PLUS and 90PLUS printers Page 130 100 88002 Rev B Bar Codes The Epic 880 Prin
152. Y BRACKET 0x39 0x0039 DIGIT NINE Ox7E 0x007E TILDE Ox3A 0x003A COLON Ox7F 0x007F DELETE Ox3B 0x003B SEMICOLON 0x80 Ox20AC EURO SIGN Ox3C 0 003 LESS THAN SIGN 0x81 0x0000 Ox3D 0x003D EQUALS SIGN 0x82 0x201A SINGLE LOW 9 QUOTATION MARK Ox3E 0x003E GREATER THAN SIGN 0x83 0x0192 LATIN SMALL LETTER F WITH HOOK Ox3F 0x003F QUESTION MARK 0x84 0x201E DOUBLE LOW 9 QUOTATION MARK 0x40 0x0040 COMMERCIAL AT 0x85 0x2026 HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS 0x41 0x0041 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A 0x86 0x2020 DAGGER 0x42 0x0042 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER B 0x87 0x2021 DOUBLE DAGGER 0x43 0x0043 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER C 0x88 0x02C6 MODIFIER LETTER CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT 100 88002 Rev B Page 261 OxCC Ox00CC LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH GRAVE OxCD 0x00CD LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH ACUTE OxCE OxO0CE LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxCF OxOOCF LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH DIAERESIS OxDO 0x00D0 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH OxD1 0x00D1 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER N WITH TILDE OxD2 0x00D2 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH GRAVE OxD3 0x00D3 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH ACUTE OxD4 0x00D4 LATIN CAPITAL LETTER O WITH CIRCUMFLEX OxD5 0 0005 LATIN CA
153. and Y refers to the current active orientation specified by the ESC t command and is not same as the page definition of X and Y The X and Y positions are in dots Y Y 256 Y dots from the top X 256 X dots from the left The F parameter is a flag that specifies if this command is an absolute position command or relative to the current position If its value is lt 1 gt the command is processed as a relative position command and if its value is 0 the command is interpreted as an absolute position command Note You can also use the ESC J ESC M ESC d and ESC e commands to position the print on the page Function Exit Page Mode ASCII FF ESC SUB P Hexadecimal OCH or 1BH 1AH 50H Decimal lt 12 gt lt 27 gt lt 26 gt lt 80 gt IPCL amp FF EPOS FF Description This command exits page mode definition and starts the print process If the printer is not in page mode this command is treated as a normal form feed command Note When page mode finishes printing the left and right margins are restored to the values before the select page mode command All other format changes are preserved Page 114 100 88002 Rev B Graphic Mode The Epic 880 Printer conforms to the basic definition of IBM all points addressable APA graphic commands It is not designed to print large quantities of graphical data The printer only prints graphics that are 2 5 inches wide At this time there is no graphics
154. aphics data set the graphics resolution by sending the ESC command with a zero length no data The graphic resolution sets the internal graphic mode of the printer The printer stays in graphic mode until it is changed by another command Note that the bar code generation and other graphic commands change graphics mode The format of the horizontal graphic command follows ESC h Process horizontal graphics data ASCII ESC h color length format data Hexadecimal 1BH 68H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 104 gt IPCL None EPOS None Description The ESC h lt color gt lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt command processes horizontal graphic data where lt color gt is a byte that specifies the color of the data being sent lt color gt 0 Use Previously Selected Color 1 Red 2 Green 4 Blue lt length gt byte specifying the length of the data including the format byte ranging from 0 to 254 255 is reserved for future use format byte specifying the format of the graphics data 0 for raw data 1 for bit wise RLE compression 8 for byte wise RLE compression 254 for difference compression 255 for same as previous scan line data data the data bytes that define the graphics to be printed 100 88002 Rev B Note 1 Red green and blue pixels set to one at the same location result in a white dot while red green and blue pixels set to zero form a black dot For black print one represents a black do
155. ar letter quality NLQ is not available ESC W Multi line double wide and double high mode ASCII ESC W n Hexadecimal 1BH 57H n Decimal lt 27 gt 87 n IPCL amp 96FD n 1 amp 5 n 0 amp FHA n 3 Note Single wide double high mode is not available in IPCL mode EPOS ESC n Description The ESC W n command controls multi line double wide or double high mode where n specifies the mode n 0 is standard single wide and single high n 1 begins double wide n 2 begins double high and n 3 begins double wide double high Where n Bits 76543210 Function 1 Underline 1 Double wide 1 Double high X Font 0 draft 1 large draft Note The ESC W n command does not affect line spacing Note In EPOS mode ESC n performs a similar function however near letter quality NLQ is not available 100 88002 Rev B Page 101 Page 102 ESC Q Set print style double wide double high italic control ASCII ESC EOT NUL k NUL n m Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 40H 04H OOH lt k gt 00H n m Decimal 27 91 64 04 0 lt K gt 0 n m IPCL amp DH Double high double wide and double space amp SH Single high single wide and single space Also see ESC W above Description The ESC EOT NUL lt k gt NUL lt n gt lt m gt command sets double wide double high and i
156. ardous Substances Bezel assembly with LEDs translucent blue Optional Features The following options are available 80mm paper guide Lower paper guide Additional or custom fonts or character sets Custom emulations Epson Custom Universal power supply 100 240 VAC 47 63 Hz 100 88002 Rev B 880 Specifications and Requirements General Specifications 4 70 119 28mm Printer Dimensions Figure 2 Epic 880 Dimensions 3 39 86 13mm 6 04 153 62 mm Max Dimensions W D w out paper D with paper guide H and w out paper Dimensions in 4 77 6 05 7 02 3 48 inches Dimensions in 121 2 153 7 178 2 88 4 millimeters fully assembled as single unit Weight Approximate weight 4 Ib 1 8 Kg 100 88002 Rev B Page 13 Page 14 Interface Type Bi directional serial RS 232 or USB Printer Type Fixed 80 mm linear thermal head Storage Shipping E 5 Typical Operating Range Relative Humidity ES 40 10 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 5060 70 Temperature C Figure 3 Temperature and Humidity Ranges Printer Environmental Conditions Operating Temperature Range 59 50 41 F 122 F Shipping Storage Temperature Range 10 50 14 F 1229F Operating Humidity Range 1096 9096 non condensing Shipping Storage Humidity Range 10 90 non condensing excluding paper Reliability Printer
157. are used they will allow the cell to be expanded Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the cell size will be expanded 100 88002 Rev B Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment All ASCII ESC j lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 6AH Decimal lt 27 gt 43 106 Range d 0 16 255 The ESC j command will set the character spacing in points where point is defined as 1 288 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC i command in that if the character is too large for the cell the cell will be expanded in multiples of d until the character fits If d 0 variable spacing is selected However note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points All ASCII ESC V lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 56H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 86 gt Range d 0 4 72 The ESC V command w
158. artition is referred to as partition O It is reserved for fonts configurations and code page files This partition cannot be deleted or completely erased The second partition is for all other information There is a command that will erase all the files in this partition The partition where files are placed is determined by the three character extension File System Commands Function Open File command All ASCII ESC RS O lt Mode gt space lt Filename gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 4FH Decimal 27 30 79 Mode Mode of operation r for read or w for write FileName File name from 1 to 30 characters including a three character extension Description The ESC RS O command will select and open a file for the selected operation If the file being opened for write exists the existing file will be overwritten Note that only one file may be open for external operations at any one time The Mode and FileName take the following format and must be null terminated r Filename ext 0 Valid Modes are w Write wt Write Append Future enhancement ram open a RAM file for write Note RAM files capability is an option and not available on all products File Extensions are any three characters The following are predefined and reserved for internal use 100 88002 Rev B Page 221 Page 222 Extension Partition D
159. ay supplement the TransAct supplied fonts with their own custom fonts WARNING If you elect to load fonts into the printer you must have proper rights to that font Do not download a font to the printer if you do not have the right to use the font as a downloaded printer font Page 198 100 88002 Rev B Bitmap Fonts It is possible to use bitmap fonts with the ITherm 280 Printer Bitmap fonts are fixed pitch and are not scalable They will only function as legacy fonts The printer is optionally supplied with 4 legacy bitmap fonts They are in a 10x24 12x24 draft font format and a 16x24 near letter quality format They are defined as follows BMFont0 chr10x24 bft 10 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 16 characters per inch BMFont1 7 chr12x24 bft 12 x 24 draft font with typical spacing of 14 characters per inch BMFont2 7 chr16x24 bft 16 x 24 NLQ font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch BMFont4 ocr16x24 bft 16 x 24 OCR font with typical spacing of 12 characters per inch It is possible to define a custom bitmap font Transact supports a bitmap font compiler that will convert a bitmap font picture file into a compressed bitmap file that may be loaded into the printer as a bitmap bft font file The input to the program is a text file in a predefined format consisting of a font description and then character definitions consisting of the character ID and then the character definition The format is as follows Note lines p
160. based on how you want the printer to perform in your system Typically only the Virtual COM or USB printer driver is required to load the Transact Virtual COM port driver disable the USB printer port Typically you can use the description as the enumeration ID representing how the printer is uniquely identified to the host If you select a description all Epic 880 s will be the same and you can interchange printers without affecting the port location subject to the limitation that no more than one Epic 880 can be connected to the same host If that is a requirement select ID by serial number or allow the ID number to be assigned by windows based on the connection You can also disable the Windows PnP sequence This will prevent the Windows system from receiving the printer driver selection sequence This will allow you to manually assign a driver to the USB printer connection and not have Windows keep asking for a printer driver The adapter will support a high speed USB interface if the host also supports high speed If the host does not support high speed the printer will revert to full speed It is possible to disable high speed operation by setting a configuration option The printer does not support the USB low speed protocol The Vbus signal is used to disable the serial port If the USB is connected the RS232 serial port is not active 100 88002 Rev B The most reliable USB interface is as a USB printing device The Virtual COM dri
161. character definition and one macro may be flagged to run at startup The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page128 Note If a character definition is loaded at startup it is automatically made active Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Delete item from user store ASCII ESC US d lt Name mac gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 64H Decimal 27 31 100 IPCL amp UD Name 0 EPOS GS 1 Name 0 is from one 15 characters and must be null terminated Description The ESC US d lt Name gt 0 command removes an item from user store and frees up space If the item does not exist the command does nothing The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT gt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Flush information from user store ASCII ESC US f ALL 0 User Store Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 66H OOH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 31 gt lt 102 gt 0 IPCL amp UF EPOS GS 5 Description The ESC US f ALL lt 0 gt command clears all entries in user store and frees the data space It must have the name ALL in uppercase attached The terminating lt 0 gt may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT gt n gt on page 128 Function Report on user s
162. code 128 consists of 107 unique symbols 101 of the symbols take on different meanings based on the start code or an embedded shift code sequence Code stick A consists of alphanumeric characters and ASCII control codes see the table below Code stick B consists of Alpha numeric with lower case alpha Code stick C consists of numeric pairs In automatic mode any ASCII data from 0 to 127 could be entered Values less than 32 will be encoded as Code stick A NUL US values from 96 through 127 will be encoded from Code stick B Where ever possible numeric pairs will be encoded from Code stick C In the past FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 and FNC4 have not been accessible to the programmer The EAN 128 barcode requires that FNC1 be made available To provide EAN 128 compatibility the acceptable character range has been expanded by 10 to include the ability to specify FNC1 FNC2 FNC3 and FNC4 In automatic mode values of 130 132 will be accepted however the resulting barcode may be unreadable 128 Valu Valu Code e in e in Deci Hex mal FNC3 128 80 FNC2 129 81 Not 130 82 Valid 131 83 132 84 FNC4 133 85 FNC1 134 86 Start A 135 87 Start B 136 88 Start C 137 89 Figure 29 Expanded Function Coding Note In automatic mode FNC4 is always specified as 133 regardless of what code stick is currently active 100 88002 Rev B In most cases the TransAct supreme will generate the most compact barcode for
163. d 60 code pages In EPOS mode there are 57 character sets and five code pages The Epic 880 Printer allows the IBM code page selection command to choose character sets as well as normal IBM code pages The EPOS character set select command has been extended to allow additional character sets over and above the 11 defined by EPOS The EPOS code page select command has not been extended because there is no EPOS definition beyond the first six ID s All characters in code pages as well as character sets are addressed as zero through 255 Characters below 32 must be addressed with the ESC n command Code pages may be changed at any time and are active for all features including rotated Epson provides limited code page support through ID to code page translation Only six translations are defined 100 88002 Rev B print To allow other code pages to be created by an application a redefine character set command is provided As discussed above there are two commands for language selection in IBM mode The first is ESC which selects one of 19 international character sets The ESC command does not allow all of the possible character sets to be selected it is provided for compatibility with older programs only The second is ESC T which selects any of the 58 code pages In EPOS mode the ESC R command has been expanded to select any of the 59 international character sets or code pages ESC Select international c
164. d by Will be used if POR INI POR INI command previously set definition definition 100 88002 Rev B Function Set minimum character height and width in points All ASCII ESC P lt w gt lt h gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 50H Decimal 27 43 80 Range 0 4 72 4 72 The ESC P command will set the minimum character width height based on w for the width and h for height where w and h are in points defined as 1 72 of an inch increments If the character width is set to zero the height will be used for the width and proportional spacing will be used Note The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0 width Function Set minimum character height and width in points All ASCII ESC p lt w gt lt h gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 70H Decimal 27 43 112 Range w 0 16 255 h 16 255 The ESC p command will set the minimum character width or height based on w for the width h where w and h are in 1 4 points or 1 288 of an inch increments This approximates setting characters by dot If the character width is set to zero the height will be used for the width and proportional spacing will be used Note The set pitch command will take precedence unless this command selects 0 width Function Set Character spacing in points All ASCII ESC lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 49
165. d from the legacy font definition if a bitmap font is selected 100 88002 Rev B Page 205 Function Select Font All ASCII ESC 3 lt ID gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 31H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 51 gt Description The ESC 3 command selects the font for printing This command is used to select a previously loaded font based on its alias Note Selecting font 0 will select the linked font If the selected font does not exist the previous font will remain in effect Function Define a Stacked or Linked Font All ASCII ESC S lt ID gt ID2 lt ID gt gt lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 53H Decimal 27 43 83 Description The ESC S command defines but does not select a stacked or linked font set This command will define a linked list of previously loaded and aliased fonts into a linked font stack The font ID is the same ID as in the select font command Up to 8 fonts may be linked The last entry must be O If the font does not exist it will not be made part of the link Note You must select font 0 to activate the linked font Function Select Font by name All ASCII ESC N lt FileName gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 31H Decimal 27 43 51 Description The ESC N command selects the font for printing by file name This command is used to select a previously loaded font by its file name If the selected font does not exist the previous font will remain in effect Note This command
166. d partition be reformatted Reformatting the system partition lt 0 gt is not recommended as it will erase all fonts and render the printer unusable Function De fragment the file system All ASCII ESC RS F Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 46H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 30 gt lt 70 gt Description The ESC RS F command forces the file system to go through the file system and clean up deleted file sectors All sectors flagged for deletion are actually erased and consolidated when this command is issued Note File space is not necessarily freed up by a file delete Sectors may be marked for deletion but still be present but inactive in the file system These sectors take up flash space Each cluster has a fixed number of sectors and if the number of deleted sectors in a cluster exceed a predefined threshold the cluster is de fragmented automatically This command forces all clusters to be de fragmented 100 88002 Rev B Page 225 Page 226 Function Verify files All ASCII ESC RS V Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 56H Decimal 27 30 86 Description The ESC RS V opens and reads the VERIFY CFG file This file contains a list of all files that are to be validated in the printer and the expected CRC of the file If all the files verify this command will return VG followed by it s 2 byte CRC If any of the files do not verify the command will return VB followed by it s 2 byte CRC For example the file might look like this Por ini Ox
167. de several ways to create Logos and Coupons and make them available to the Epic 880TM printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 183 Page 184 Print File Graphics PJColor can generate a print file that may be sent to the printer in any emulation and print graphics To generate a print file Start PJColor Under Settings select the Epic 880 printer Then select the emulation that machines the printer Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics Low resolutions are faster high resolutions produce better graphics Load the graphics image you wish to print Select the communications port and configuration Set the secondary color to NONE Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like The lower graphic window displays an approximation of the printed image When you are satisfied with the graphic press the Print to a File button PJColor will ask what file you would like to receive the print data This file can be sent to the printer and the graphic will be printed Store Graphics in the printer PJColor can store a graphic in the Epic 880 printer or generate a file that will store a graphic in the printer To Store a graphic in the printer 1 2 3 4 Start PJColor Under Settings Select the Epic 880 printer Then select the emulation that you will be setting the printer to Select the resolution you would like to have the printer use to print the graphics Low resol
168. default line spacing value The next character print position is reset to the left margin Note The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines For example if you wish to feed 12 lines the IPCL command would be as follows amp FL12 Function Reverse feed lt n gt lines at the current spacing ASCII ESC e n Hexadecimal 1BH 65H n Decimal 27 101 n IPCL amp 96FB m1 m2 EPOS ESC e Description The ESC e n command prints the contents of the buffer if any and performs lt n gt reverse line feeds at the current line spacing The command does not change the default line spacing value The next character print position is reset to the left margin Note The reverse feed is limited to 2 lines Do NOT attempt to reverse feed more than 2 lines or the paper could jam Note The IPCL command prints from 00 to 99 lines For example if you wish to feed 12 lines the IPCL command would be as follows amp 96FL 12 VT Vertical tab ASCII VT Hexadecimal OBH Decimal lt 11 gt IPCL amp VT EPOS VT Description The printer sets a line counter to the top of the form at reset and when a set top of form command is issued By setting vertical tab stops various form positions can be reached with a VT operation 100 88002 Rev B ESC B Set vertical tab stops ASCII ESC B ni nz lt gt ni 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 42H n4 nz na ni OOH Decimal lt 27 gt 66 n4
169. driver It is not a POS Point of Sale driver Have you ever had to open a cash drawer that was connected to your printer at home PC Hardware Window s Operating System Windows Print Printer P ee i ort Application GDI Port Driver bano Driver Serial Graphics un Serial Device OR Interface OR Parallel Parallel Part of the OR USB en Windows Printer USB bus API Driver Whatever Whatever Figure 32 Windows Driver When to use a windows printer driver Use a printer driver when writing a program that uses the Window s API to send print information to the printer When not to use a windows printer driver When a program wants to send printer command codes to the printer or when a program wants to get information back from a printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 243 OPOS driver An OPOS driver is an implementation of the UnifiedPOS UPOS specification It provides an application interface for retail devices viz POSPrinter Scanner Cash drawer Pole Display MICR Scale etc PC Hardware Windows Operating System POS Application Port OPOS POS Printer Driver Port Driver Hardware OPOS Serial Serial Printer Control OR OR ActiveX Parallel Parallel OR OR USB USB bus OR OR Whatever Whatever Figure 33 OPOS UPOS Driver When to use an OPOS driver When an application is written that invokes the retail device functions based on the UPOS specification in a vendor independent manner OP
170. e Figure 18 Sensor Breakdown and Locations Paper Low Sensor Paper Out Sensor A Paper Out Sensor mounted to the Lower Paper Guide optically senses a Paper Out flag located in the ticket path When the sensor detects the flag it indicates that the ticket roll is depleted Cover Open Switch A Cover Open Switch mounted to the inner left side plate is activated when the Top Cover is closed and the latch depresses the switch arm When the Top Cover is opened the Cover Open switch trips and the printer goes off line Top of Form Sensor A Top of Form Sensor is mounted in the paper path and senses a pre printed black dot if present on the ticket stock This black mark is used to position the paper for printing on a preprinted form Typically the ticket is pre positioned to the Top of Form and when the ticket is complete the paper is fed to the Top of Form and then cut 100 88002 Rev B Page 55 Printer Sensors Page 56 Paper Low Sensor The Epic 880 has a Paper Low Sensor This sensor is mounted to the paper spindle and will provide an indication that the paper is getting low The length of paper remaining when paper low is sensed is dependent on the paper roll core diameter Anti Jam Sensor An Anti Jam Sensor is mounted to the knife frame and senses the presence of a ticket immediately before and after a knife cut Under normal conditions right after a knife cut a ticket is fed into the transport and presented to th
171. e TransAct Inquire commands and the Epson DLE ENQ and DLE EOT commands allow most printer error status to be read and in some cases recovery attempted Paper jams and auto cutter faults can be recovered however any data not previously printed will be lost If the application is to support error recovery the application should use the appropriate status request commands to query the printer periodically If an error response is such that the fault is recoverable the host application should interact with the operator and request that the fault be corrected for example clear a paper jam When the operator indicates that the problem has been corrected the host can issue a reset request If a serious error occurs the printer will halt and enter fault error mode If the fault is such that the printer can maintain communications with the host the print status request and response system will remain active The status of the system will however remain static i e the status responses will reflect the state of the system when the fault occurred There are errors that cannot be reported to the host system These errors are such that the integrity of the printer do not allow continued operation That is there is no way to report the error These errors occur for the most part during power up diagnostics They are as follows EEPROM READ ERROR Power up only The Internal EEPROM is not readable or the check sum is bad Pressing the Power Bu
172. e active Note This command is effective only in ASCII mode Typical Euro Character Substitution Locations Name Epson IBM Code Page Insertion Point hex 850 26 850 0 05 Turkey 857 57 857 OXD5 Win Cyrillic 52 1022 0X88 Win Turkish 51 1021 0X80 Win Greek 50 1020 0X80 Win Hebrew 62 1032 0X80 Win Baltic 68 1034 0X80 Table 6 Euro Character Substitution Matrix ESC Print control character 100 88002 Rev B ASCII ESC n Hexadecimal 1BH 5EH n Decimal 27 94 n IPCL amp 96CC m1 m2 m3 EPOS ESC n Description The ESC n command allows characters from zero to 31 codes to be printed During normal operation characters from zero to 31 are control characters The command turns off control code translation for the following character n can range in value from zero to 255 ESC Print Unicode character ASCII ESC n ni Hexadecimal 1BH 22H lt n nu Decimal 27 34 lt n gt lt ny gt IPCL amp PU lt m1 gt m2 m3 m4 m5 EPOS ESC n n Description The ESC n nu command allows any Unicode character to be directly addressed and inserted into the print data n ny4 can range in value from zero to 65535 100 88002 Rev B Page 99 Character Attributes ESC c Select color ASCII ESC c lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 63H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 99 gt n
173. e and is documented as the USB Device Class Definition for Printing Devices Go to www usb org and search for this title or use the following link http www usb org developers devclass docs usbprint11 pdf 100 88002 Rev B Page 241 Page 242 Windows and most other operating systems that support USB will recognize this class and provide a standard interface to the application Do you want to use USB and simulate a communication port The TransAct Virtual Serial TVS USB Driver allows your application to think that it is communicating with a serial port but is actually using the USB link to communicate with the printer This should be downloaded and installed when requested as part of the Windows Plug and Play or may be preinstalled The Epic 880 printer supports a composite USB interface This interface allows a Windows print driver to be installed to a windows USB printer port as well as supporting a virtual serial port The printer USB port is configurable and either the windows printer port or the virtual serial port may de disabled If you will be using OPOS you should disable the Windows printer interface If you are going to use only the Windows printer API you can but do not need to disable the virtual serial interface Are you using OPOS UnifiedPOS UPOS If you are using an application that is written to interface with the OPOS Ole Point of Sale standard then the TransAct Technologies OPOS Driver will allow you to
174. e customer If a ticket is not fed properly into the transport for example when a ticket jams the Anti Jam Sensor detects the jammed ticket and stops printer operation Transport Ticket Taken Sensor A Ticket Taken Sensor mounted in the Ticket Transport is used to detect the lead edge of the ticket as well as determine when customers have actually taken the printed ticket Transport Ticket Taken Sensor Figure 19 Transport Ticket Taken Sensor 100 88002 Rev B Printer Sensors Transport Ticket Retract Sensor The Ticket Retract Sensor mounted in the Ticket Transport retract path is used to detect the presence of the ticket in the retract path Under normal operation the retract path should be clear after the retract Transport Ticket DENN Retract Sensor Figure 20 Transport Ticket Retract Sensor 100 88002 Rev B Page 57 Chapter 7 Electrical Connections 100 88002 Rev B Page 59 This page intentionally left blank Page 60 100 88002 Rev B Electrical Connections Communications Interface USB and RS 232 communications are supplied through interface connections at the rear of the printer as illustrated in the figure The Serial RS 232 interface connector is a locking Molex connector and the USB interface is a standard USB B connector Power is supplied through a locking 4 pin Molex connector as shown Power connector Serial communications port Figure 21 Communication PCB Location and Connector Inf
175. e early stages of troubleshooting to eliminate the possibility that the problem is occurring with the printer If the printer experiences a failure and the error indicator light is activated call TransAct s Technical Support department Operation Head Test This test performs a test pattern that will print all the head print elements and verify that the drive roll is free from defects or debris The print head has two heating elements per dot position A print element is not considered bad unless both elements are missing If the head test shows that there is an inconsistency in the print there may be debris on the drive roll If debris is indicated cleaning the drive roll should correct the problem If this does not correct the problem contact TransAct s Technical Support department Operation Marker Calibration The printer is equipped with several sensors in the paper path which are adjustable and will handle a wide range of paper under normal operation However if there appear to be problems associated with any sensor s operation the Marker Calibration test will attempt to adjust the sensors for optional operation with the paper installed The Top of Form Paper Out and Jam sensors will be recalibrated To run this test The Diagnostics Config button is a multifunction button By pressing and releasing the Diagnostics Config button the printer will enter self test By pressing and holding the Diagnostics Config button for a longe
176. e electronic journal If any data has been stored in the extended user store it will be lost if the extended flash is repartitioned CAUTION The printer does not stop if the electronic journal runs out of memory If the printer were to stop there would be no way for the host to print and clear the journal The host system should monitor the Journal with the ENQ 25 command This command will return the electronic journal status and report how much memory is remaining See page 145 When the free electronic journal space is less than a predetermined amount the journal should be printed or retrieved and then reinitialized Electronic Journal Security Electronic journal security is provided by applying a password to the erase feature of the electronic journal Additionally there is a factory set configuration that disables the ability for the operator to print the journal through the keypad It is possible to assign a blank password to the electronic journal If this is done either through the keypad or by host control the manual print mode will be allowed to erase and reinitialize the journal 8 It must be noted that the TransAct Epic 880 does not maintain the current time or date If a journal entry is to contain the time and or date the host system must transfer this as printable text 100 88002 Rev B Page 141 Page 142 It is up to the end user of the Epic 880 that is required to implement and use the lev
177. eactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC i command in that if the character is too large for the cell the cell will be expanded in multiples of lt d gt until the character fits If d 0 variable spacing is selected However note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the characters will overlap Variable spacing is recommended 100 88002 Rev B Page 89 DC2 Begin 10 cpi character pitch Legacy Command ASCII DC2 Hexadecimal 12H Decimal 18 IPCL amp F3 EPOS n Description The DC2 command sets 9 905 characters per inch print pitch ESC Begin 12 cpi character pitch Legacy Command ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 3AH Decimal lt 27 gt 58 IPCL amp F2 EPOS ESC SP lt n gt Description The ESC command sets 12 235 characters per inch print pitch SI Begin 17 cpi character pitch Legacy Command ASCII SI Hexadecimal OFH Decimal lt 15 gt IPCL amp F 1 EPOS ESC SP n Description The SI command sets 17 333 characters per inch print pitch ESC SI Begin 24 cpi character pitch Legacy Command ASCII ESC ISI Hexadecimal 1BH OFH Decimal 27 1
178. ecified in ASCII hexadecimal and decimal The ASCII Code Table in Appendix D lists ASCII hexadecimal and decimal equivalents 100 88002 Rev B Page 67 Page 68 Standard Emulation The standard control codes for the Epic 880 Printer are extensions and subsets of the PcOS emulation provided on other TransAct products The Epic 880 printer also supports an emulation of the Epson ESC POS control language as well as a Custom VKP80 emulation capability For details about these emulations contact TransAct Technical Support IPCL Codes TransAct Printer Control Language IPCL codes are part of PcOS and designed to control a printer without using control characters i e characters less than 20H Only the standard PcOS emulation supports IPCL In rare cases an IPCL code will interfere with the text that is to be printed The IPCL translator can be disabled with an ESC y 4 command Other Emulations The Epic 880 Printer supports a basic Epson emulation Note Specific EPSON compatibility features such as its Automated Status Back ASB feature are available as an option from TransAct Technologies Command codes pertaining to these features are documented as licensed within the command description It is intended that the standard TransAct PcOS emulation be used for new applications Not all features of Epic 880 Printers are supported by other emulations Application Development To aid application developm
179. ecimal 05H 14H Decimal lt 5 gt lt 20 gt Function The ENQ lt 20 gt command returns all status flags Response ACK lt 20 gt n r4 lt r gt Where lt 20 gt is the echo of command ID lt n gt is the number of return bytes 40 28H to prevent confusion with XON XOFF n bit 0 0 bit 1 0 bit 2 Receipt paper is out bit 3 Ticket in transport bit 4 Receipt paper error occurred low or out bit 5 0 100 88002 Rev B p rj n pn rg lt r gt bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 1 always bit 1 Cover is closed bit 2 Buffer is empty bit 3 Printer has been power cycled Reading this does not affect the state of the power cycled flag Use ENQ lt 11 gt to reset the power cycled bit bit 4 Printer is waiting in an error mode Use ENQ lt 22 gt to identify the specific error and ENQ lt 10 gt to recover bit 5 USB Watch Dog recovery has occurred bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 0 always bit 1 1 always bit 2 Jam detected bit 3 0 always bit 4 0 always bit 5 Printer is blocking print Cover is open or out of paper bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always bit 0 1 Printer supports single station print bit 1 0 bit 2 Printer supports multiple colors bit 3 Printer supports cutter Partial cut command is supported as full cut bit 4 Printer supports cutter bit 5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7
180. efinition 0 System 1 User udf 1 Undefined macro type mac 1 Command Macro img 1 Graphic image Internal format bgp 1 Bitmapped internal graphic cfg 0 configuration ttf 0 true type font CCC 0 compressed stroke font cpm 0 code page map bmp 1 bitmap graphic file gph 1 raster graphic file ini 0 System information file SyS 0 Load image Sy_ 0 Compressed load image Note All other file extensions will be placed in Partition 1 user space Function Return Free space for Open Flle All ASCII ESC RS S Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 53H Decimal 27 30 83 Description The ESC RS S command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional bytes representing a 32 bit value LSB First representing the amount of free space in the partition containing the open file The format is as follows S lt B7 9 gt lt B15 3 gt lt B23 16 gt lt B31 24 gt Function Return Free space for this partition All ASCII ESC RS s lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 73H Decimal 27 30 115 Where n The partition Description The ESC RS s command will return an identifier byte and 4 additional bytes representing a 32 bit value LSB First representing the amount of free space in the partition The format is as follows S lt B7 0 gt lt B15 8 gt lt B23 16 gt lt B31 24 gt 100 88002 Rev B Function Close File command All ASCII ESC RS C Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 43H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 30 gt lt
181. el of security know the password there is no way to erase the electronic journal without returning the printer for service The warranty does not cover this All Epic 880 s are shipped with the electronic journal partitioned and erased but not initialized lt gt CAUTION If you have initialized the electronic journal and don t Initializing the Electronic Journal Once the electronic journal is partitioned it can be initialized Initializing the electronic journal sets the password and formats the flash to accept journal entries Each entry may be any length up to 8K and entries greater than 8K are truncated Entries will be added to the electronic journal until it is full If the electronic journal is full entries will be lost The ENQ lt 25 gt command can be used to query the state of the electronic journal Electronic Journal Configuration and Reporting Commands Function Initialize and Set Password ASCII ESC GS I Password 07 Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 49H Password 0x00 Decimal 27 lt 29 gt lt 73 gt Password 0 IPCL amp El lt Password gt amp EPOS Description This command initializes the electronic journal and sets the password that allows the electronic journal to be erased The password may be up to 14 characters and may contain any alphanumeric characters Note The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password Function Erase the Electronic Journal ASCII ESC GS E Pas
182. enough room in the user store for all of the data As user store space is used the macro buffer will be larger than the available space in user store Only the used space is saved but it is possible to define a macro that does not fit in the remaining user store space Defining Macros Macros can be defined two ways The first is by using the begin and end named macro commands These commands start the recording process and automatically save the macro when it is complete The macro data is not processed as it is sent to the printer The actual buffer is smaller because of the overhead 7 IPCL commands are converted by the printer into an equivalent ESC code and then placed in the save buffer The equivalent ESC code should be used to calculate the size of the save buffer data 100 88002 Rev B The second saves the received data to a RAM buffer and then saves the buffer by command In this case data is actually processed as it is received Begin End Macro Without proceeding data Function Begin named macro record ASCII ESC US b lt Name gt 0 Then send the data to be recorded The printer does not process the data The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function End name macro record ASCII ESC US e lt Name gt 0 Begin End Macro While proceeding data The second way to define macros is to use ESC g commands to defi
183. ensity ESC L n4 lt n gt 1BH 4CH none 115 graphics Print full speed double density ESC Y nj n2 1BH 59H none 116 raphics Print quad density graphics ESC Z n lt n gt 1BH 5AH none 116 Page 72 100 88002 Rev B Description print 0 Bidirectional n 1 Unidirectional Select bidirectional or unidirectional ESC U lt n gt 1BH 55H IPCL equivalent code amp GU 1 amp GB n 0 Page Print graphics in mode lt m gt ESC lt m gt lt gt 1BH 2AH none 116 lt n gt Reassign graphic mode ESC lt m gt lt n gt 1BH 3FH none 116 Horizontal Graphics Process horizontal graphics data ESC h lt color gt 1BH 68H none 118 lt length gt lt format gt lt data gt Set horizontal graphic mode ESC lt m gt lt 0 gt 1BH 2AH none 119 0 Bitmap Graphic File Support Print Bitmap graphics from file ESC FS P s 1BH 1CH none 189 FileName 0 50H Print Bitmap graphics from bitmap ESC FS p 1BH 1CH none 189 data lt BitmapFileData gt 50H User Store Begin named macro record ESC US b 1BH 1FH 62H amp UB 125 Name 0 Nam lt 0 gt Save macro data in user store ESC US m 1BH 1FH amp UM 125 lt Name gt lt 0 gt 6DH SUR End named macro record ESC US e 1BH 1FH 65H amp UG 125 Name 0 STO Load item from user store ESC US I 1BH
184. ent several chapters in this manual are designed to help the programmer understand the Epic 880 Printer The next chapter provides a detailed description of each of the commands Subsequent chapters provide explanations of how the printer works including a description of the internal print buffer communications link and interaction between the host computer and printer TransAct Control Codes and Commands Throughout this OEM Integration Manual charts and tables list commands and features n most cases the charts cross reference the page that describes the command Code summary charts arranged by code and function are provided to help quickly find commands PcOS Printer Control Codes The following section defines the Epic 880 TransAct PcOS emulation The native TransAct PcOS emulation provides the most flexibility and control over the printer It is consistent with most previous TransAct PcOS products and should be used when the printer is placed in a new application Alternatively an emulation is offered for the Epson ESC POS language as well as a customer emulation contact TransAct Technical Support for further information on these options 100 88002 Rev B TransAct does not recommend that you generate drivers for emulations other than PcOS In addition TransAct has created several tools that can be used to generate and maintain graphic images and files for print on the Epic 880 Information about drivers and tools are
185. er 500 milliseconds This will allow time for the USB driver to reload and initialize The printer will then report ready and allow normal data flow NOTE This process does not actually affect the state of the print process Any print commands previously sent to the printer will still be active To keep track of the watch dog status the fact that a watch dog occurred is reported as part of the ENQ 20 status command The total number of disconnects will be reported and reset by the ENQ 35 enquire command 100 88002 Rev B Page 235 Page 236 Note that the ENQ 35 command will reset the count and will also reset the status reported by ENQ 20 ENQ 20 does not reset the count It simply reports that it occurred To keep track of how often this process is being used there is a printer statistics log entry that will be incremented when a USB watch dog disconnect actually occurs This can be printed or reported to the host Note This total is not reset by the ENQ 35 command ENQ lt 35 gt Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets ASCII ENQ lt 35 gt Hexadecimal 05H 23H Decimal lt 5 gt lt 35 gt Function The ENQ lt 35 gt command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets and then resets the count to zero Response ACK lt 35 gt lt 41 gt lt n gt Where lt 35 gt Is the echo of command lt 41 gt Length 40 lt n gt The number of USB Watchdogs since the last inquire 100 88002 Rev B Recovery from Mechanical Errors Th
186. er Sensors BERR RBBB K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K eee ee eee eee eee 53 Printer Sensors u u e rece IL SH YR EAR RINT TR DR ERES RENTES YA aa LR EXER Re ER RR ERUNT ERA ERAI 55 Paper Out Sensor e sas a M de e dee RETRO UR qua aus Ee a e xe o e 55 Cover Open Switch ccccccccccccceccceccceccceccccecececccecccecececceeceeeecceeseeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeeenas 55 Top of Form Sensor 55 Paper Low Sensor L u uuu e eea aahh sau a ak shu saus 56 Anti Jam Sensor i Dun uuu qa usus Fa MU Y RE usss 56 Transport Ticket Taken S NsSOP ccccccccceceecceeeeeeeeaeeeaeeeaeeeaaeaaaeeaaeeeaeeaaeeaaeenen 56 Transport Ticket Retract Sensor ccccccccccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeaeeeaeenas 57 Electrical Connections 59 Communications Interface n nsn 61 Cable connection locations aa 62 Printer Block Diagrami ua ete sce ER DH RR SERE Gne E epe Ee de Reno REX ERREUR ENDE taS 63 Control COg6 8S L REEL 65 Control Codes 67 NOMON lature u AC iD u u ua NASA Saa pawa a da muu 67 Standard Emulation nsnsi 68 EG NK Gro ARE EEEE E RC 68 Other Emulation Seetee e e 68 100 88002 Rev Application
187. er has faulted bit 6 1 always bit 7 An serious error has occurred Note 1 If bit 7 is set a serious error has occurred The printer is not able to recover from this type of error without operator intervention If bit 7 is set without bit 5 Auto cutter fault then the print carriage has faulted which is probably caused by a paper jam or a component failure The host system may issue an ENQ lt 10 gt Reset Request command to attempt to recover The Reset Request will reset the printer to an initial power up state All data will be lost Note 2 When a serious error occurs bit 7 set the printer enters a static state Status responses will reflect the state of the printer when the error occurred Note 3 For this status request to function during a serious error the Buffer Full Only off line option should be selected 100 88002 Rev B Page 169 ENQ 23 Inquire user store status ASCII ENQ 23 Hexadecimal 05H 17H Decimal 5 23 Function The ENQ 23 command reports on the user store status Response ACK 23 Report 0 Where 23 is the echo of command ID The report is a null terminated string with the following format 12345 CR LF Free user store 12345 Type Name CR LF First entry etc 12345 Type Name CR LF Last entry 0 Type The type field describes the type of information M macro C character definition ENQ 24 Inquire color status ASCII ENQ
188. er mark OXFEFF before you send any characters To prevent loss of byte order synchronization you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application If UTF 16 is selected all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit however only values between 0 and 255 are valid Note that 24 bit encoding is not supported UTF 16BE uses the big endian method of sending the two bytes This method sends the high byte first and then the low byte It is not required to send the byte order mark OxFEFF for the correct byte order to be initialized However to prevent loss of byte order synchronization you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application If UTF 16BE is selected all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit however only values between 0 and 255 are valid UTF 16LE uses the little endian method of sending the two bytes This method sends the low byte first and then the high byte It is not required to send the byte order mark OxFEFF for the correct byte order to be initialized However to prevent loss of byte order synchronization you should periodically send the byte order mark to resynchronize the printer with your application If UTF 16LE is selected all data sent to the printer must be 16 bits All commands and command parameters are also 16 bit ho
189. er size depending on what the character is used for This generally only affects Asian fonts where the ideograms are generally twice as wide as Latin characters In fixed spacing mode the printer will put the rendered character at whatever spacing is requested even if they don t fit If the character is too big it will overlap the previous and next character To allow a fixed pitch operation that deals with small and large fixed pitch character the printer has a pseudo fixed pitch flag that will increase the spacing in multiples of the requested spacing until it fits The following table lists the commands and how they interact 100 88002 Rev B Page 211 Page 212 Command Zero Character Character Cell Width Pseudo Fixed width height pitch flag ESC P WidthO Same as From From Font No effect ESC p Height command ESC P Width From From Based on Will be used if ESC p Not Zero Command command set character previously set spacing and character command spacing is not being defined by the font ESC I Value 0 No effect No effect From Font Set Off but ESC i has no effect ESC I Value No effect No effect From Set Off ESC i Not zero Command ESC J Value 0 No effect No effect From Font Set On but ESC j has no effect ESC J Value No effect No effect A multiple of Set On ESC j Not zero the value defined by the command ESC l n From From As define
190. ere the stored universal graphic information is saved 3 This file contains an erase any previous graphic with the same name command a save new graphic with this name command and the graphics information 4 This file can then be sent to the printer and the graphic will be saved in the printer Note that if the target printer does not have enough room for the graphic information to be stored the graphic will not be stored How universal color graphics is done The printer extends all the emulations to support two additional escape sequences and adds limited IPCL support IPCL TransAct Printer Control Language is an ASCII method of sending printer commands to the printer In TransAct PcOS emulation IPCL command support is extensive In other emulations IPCL support is limited to the following commands amp CR Insert a CR amp LF Insert a LF amp UAXXX Feed xxx paper steps and cycle auto cutter amp CLX Select Color where x 0 for Black or 1 2 3 for Color amp UBName amp Begin defining universal graphic Name amp UGName amp End the definition of Name amp URName amp Run print universal graphic Name amp UDName amp Remove universal graphic Name from nonvolatile memory amp USName amp Flag universal graphic Name to be run when the printer is turned on amp UFALL amp Erase all stored universal graphics Erases all User Store amp 96UQ amp Prints a directory of the universal graphics curren
191. es less space This type of character generation is fast and efficient and is ideally suited for Asian fonts Character Size The character generation engine used in the Epic 88 internally uses a standard point based system to specify the character size One point is 1 72 of an inch Therefore a 72 point character would form a character suitable to generate one line per inch printing The typical application might refer to a 12 point character This is the character height and not the width The character width typically varies on character by character bases for example the lower case i is much narrower than the upper case W 07 Font selection commands for selecting character sizes in legacy applications are also supported For printers such as the Epic 880 two or three character sizes are generally predefined with a dot matrix size of 10x24 or 13x24 dots and this fixed size may then be double or tripled to provide larger characters when needed To supply legacy support the Epic 880 will automatically select the appropriate character size to support the legacy font and character scaling commands In the Epic 880 the horizontal and vertical point size may be set independently Typically this type of printer would print a tall narrow mono spaced character Tall narrow mono spaced character provides a very readable print with easy column alignment while using less paper than standard type fonts This type of font is sometim
192. es referred to as a condensed font Selecting Character Size The Epic 880 provides two ways to specify character size The legacy or classic font selection method is based on dot matrix size The second method is based on the standard type points system The advantage of the type point system is that the print produced by the printer will match what is displayed by the host system as both use the same system for describing the characters produced Legacy or Classic Method With the classic method the application selects a character size and then sets the character spacing by adding or removing dot spaces between the characters Using the scaled font the Epic 880 provides 3 basic predefined character sizes The smallest is a 10x24 dot like font and is typically printed in pitches from 16 to 20 characters per inch CPI The next larger font is 13 x 24 dot like and is typically printed in pitches from 14 to 16 CPI The largest font is 14 x 24 dot like font and is typically printed at pitches from 10 to 14 CPI 13 Characters are dot like because they are not guaranteed to be exactly at an exact dot equivalent They are spaced in a fixed character cell that provides equivalent spacing and alignment as a fixed character size however the actual character size is defined by the font designer 100 88002 Rev B The Epic 880 always prints at 203 dots per inch dpi and always uses the scalable font to form characters The resulting charac
193. ets the top of form to the current position Note This command does not operate in or affect page mode ESC Set form length in lines ASCII ESC C lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 43H lt n gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 67 gt lt n gt IPCL amp 96SL m4 lt m gt gt EPOS ESC C n Description The ESC C n command sets the form length to n lines at the current line spacing If the current page position is greater than the new page length the command also sets the current position as the top of form Note This command does not set the page size in page mode ESC C NUL Set form length in inches ASCII ESC C NUL n Hexadecimal 1BH 43H 0 n Decimal lt 27 gt 67 0 n IPCL amp 96S m4 lt m gt EPOS none Description The ESC C NUL n command sets the form length to n inches If the current page position is greater than the new page length the command also sets the current position as the top of form If zero inches are specified the form feed and vertical tab commands are ignored Note This command does not set the page size in page mode Page 84 100 88002 Rev B ESC 5 Begin auto line feed ASCII ESC 5 n Hexadecimal 1BH 35H n Decimal 27 53 n IPCL amp MA Begin IPCL amp CA End EPOS none Description The ESC 5 lt 1 gt command sets auto line feed mode ESC 5 lt 0 gt command ends auto line feed mode Note The begin and end au
194. f the print operation is critical it is a good idea to check the power cycle flag before and after all transactions An alternate approach is to check the flag after every off line to on line transition Note If the printer mode was changed by the ESC y 2 or 3 command a power cycle reset will return to the initial configuration Off line Control A configuration flag that prevents the printer from going off line in most cases is available Off line mode allows the application to query the printer for status rather than assume a status from the control signals The feature allows the host application to query the printer at all times except when there is no power a full input buffer or a hard failure For example when the printer s cover is open the printer stops printing but still accepts data and inquiries The inquire cover status command returns Cover open Hard failures result when there is no power or a printer fault occurs If the printer is off line either the input buffer is full or a hard fault has occurred The host application should not allow the input buffer to fill 100 88002 Rev B Page 233 Page 234 Remote Boot Load Mode Remote boot load mode is entered by command The boot image data format is preparatory to TransAct and is not documented here There are however a few commands that are useful to determine if the printer is in the boot load mode and if a boot load has been successful ESC 149
195. fferent configurable features If you are changing the emulation note that the printout that was printed at the beginning of the configuration process may be incorrect for the new emulation and the configurable features may be different If you are using this printout as a configuration guide and you are changing the emulation you may wish to save the new emulation and then re enter Configuration Mode to change other options This will print all the available features for the new emulation 4 The CONFIG button is a multifunction button By pressing and releasing the CONFIG button the printer will enter self test By pressing and holding the CONFIG button for a longer time two additional features may be activated pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter hex dump mode and holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode To aid in selecting the correct mode the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is selected After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate indicating that hex dump is selected After about 4 seconds the Cover LED will illuminate indicating that configuration mode is selected 100 88002 Rev B Page 39 Page 40 Setting up for Color Paper The Epic 880 may be configured to print two color thermal paper For good print quality the printer should be configured to print the paper being used
196. format is corrupted the printer will automatically delete and reformat the flash The host can then reload the images Input Power Fault The printer monitors the power input to the printer If it is found to be greater than 26 volts or less than 20 the printer will stop and wait for the power to return to specification Head Temperature Fault The printer monitors the head temperature If the head temperature is greater than 60 C the printer will start to slow down If the head exceeds 65 C the printer will stop The printer will heat the head to maintain a head temperature of 25 C If the printer cannot maintain a head temperature of 0 C the printer will stop In all cases the printer will automatically recover when the head temperature is within range Configuration Fault Recovery The printer maintains an operating configuration in EEPROM Information such as the printer s serial number operating configuration and running totals are stored in this memory Each section of this memory maintains a check character to signal that the data is valid If this memory is found to be corrupted the printer will restore it based on a backup copy saved in flash This flash copy is generated when the printer was 100 88002 Rev B electronically configured using the TransAct configuration tool Any configuration parameters altered during normal operation will not be saved in the flash copy The EEPROM will be restored to the value set by the co
197. g the text name to match the stored graphic For example if your receipt has a name like Joe s Market you can save a graphic in the printer named Joe s and then change the Joe s Market to amp 96URJoe s amp When the Epic 880 finds amp URJoe s amp it is replaced with the stored graphic Some applications allow a graphic file to be sent to the printer In this case PJColor can generate the graphic file and then your application can send it to the printer Note PJColor was originally designed to support color inkjet printing It has been enhanced and may be used to generate color graphics for the Epic 880 PJColor also has a feature that will allow you to generate a file that will define the graphic to be stored into the printer You can then use this file to setup any number of printers with the same graphic If you are using a windows print driver other than the TransAct Epic 880 driver to support your printer you will not be able to send color graphics to the printer through the print driver The print driver will not support universal graphics You can however store the graphic in the printer and use IPCL commands to print the stored graphic You must select a printer resident font for this to work The following is a short summary description of these features You may be required to sign a nondisclosure agreement with TransAct Technologies to obtain source code 12 The PJColor program has been enhanced to provi
198. ge 3 Print the graphic to a file using a generic IBM graphic 9 pin driver The standard IBM resolutions are 240 x 216 dpi 120 x 72 dpi and 60 x 72 dpi The Epic 880 Printer supports all three resolutions by converting the input image to 203 x 203 dpi 4 Print the graphic image to a file 5 Edit the resulting file to remove any unwanted form control and insert the Epic 880 form control 6 Make the resulting file available to your application so it can be sent to the printer when required 100 88002 Rev B Epic 880 Universal Color Graphics The Epic 880 Printer firmware supports the ability to print color graphics in all emulations The intent of Universal Color Graphic support is to allow the Epic 880 graphics capability to be used in existing applications that do not support color graphics as well as all new applications For new applications the programmer may code the graphics generator into there printer driver TransAct Technologies provides a Windows active X that will generate the graphics for you In addition the source to the graphics generator is available upon request There are several ways to add color graphics to an existing application The easiest for you will depend on how much control you have over your application At a minimum you should be able to change the name printed on the top of a receipt With the PJColor program you can store a named graphic into the printer and print it by changin
199. ge draft 16 cpi the printer will print the log with these defaults If a journal entry has been saved with print mode settings they will take effect for all following entries Erase Complete Journal If the electronic journal is not password protected this option will erase the complete journal and reinitialize it Printing part of the journal Print Last 20 Records Print First Record Skip 10 Records Back 10 Records Print Remaining Journal Print Last Record These commands will allow part of the journal to be printed For example if the last 10 journal entries are to be printed select print last record then back 10 and then print remaining journal Security The security of the journal is up to the user If the journal is host controlled it should be password protected and if manual printing is not desirable the printer should be configured so as to disable manual printing The TransAct printer configuration utility will allow set and clear this feature When Epic 880 printers leave the factory the electronic journal is erased and is not initialized 100 88002 Rev B Page 147 Electronic Journal Entries There are two ways to place information in the electronic journal The first is by selecting journal mode The second is by requesting that validation or receipt information is copied into the electronic journal If you select journal mode information sent to the printer is not printed but stored in the flash memor
200. gt gt Transport Control Set Transport Mode ESC i lt f gt lt v gt 1BH 69H None 152 Feed Transport ESC j lt n gt 1BH 6AH None 152 Deliver ticket from transport ESC k 1BH 6BH None 152 Transport ticket retract ESC m 1BH 6DH None 153 Character Pitch Set character spacing in points ESC l lt n gt 1BH 2BH 49H None 213 Set character spacing in points ESC i lt n gt 1BH 2BH 69H None 214 Set character spacing in points with ESC J lt n gt 1BH 2BH 4AH None 214 adjustment Set character spacing in points ESC j lt n gt 1BH 2BH 6AH None 215 with adjustment Begin 10 CPI character pitch DC2 12H amp F3 90 Begin 12 CPI character pitch ESC 1BH 3AH amp F2 90 Begin 17 CPI character pitch SI OFH amp F 1 90 Set character pitch ESC P lt n gt 1BH 5BH 50H amp F lt n gt 91 Set inter character spacing ESC V lt n gt 1BH 56H none 92 Begin 24 CPI character pitch ESC SI 1BH OFH amp 4 90 Select Minimum character Height ESC P lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 50H none 215 and Width in points Select Minimum character Height ESC p lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 70H none 216 and Width in points Character Font Select font ESC 3 lt ID gt 1BH 2BH 31H none 206 Select font by name ESC N 1BH 2BH 4EH none 206 Filename lt 0 gt Define Stacked Font ESC S ID 1BH 2BH 53H none 206 ID Set stroke font Brush Size ESC B lt w gt 1BH 2BH 42H none 216 Select Minimum character Height ESC P lt w gt l
201. haracter set Legacy Command ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 21H n Decimal 27 33 n IPCL amp 96CS n EPOS ESC R n Description The ESC n command selects international character set n In standard mode the value of n is as follows Note This command is supported in ASCII mode only Language Language 64 ASCII slashed zero 73 1 Italian 65 A ASCII unslashed zero 74 J French Canadian 66 B British 75 K Spanish 67 C German 76 1 Swedish 11 68 D French 77 M Swedish lll 69 E Swedish 78 N Swedish IV 70 F Danish 79 O Turkish 71 G Norwegian 80 P Swiss 72 H Dutch 81 Q Swiss 11 Table 5 Language Table ID s ESC T Select character code page ASCII ESC nj lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 54H ny lt n gt Decimal 27 91 84 nj lt n gt IPCL amp CP m lt m gt gt m3 m4 EPOS ESC t n Description The ESC T n lt n gt command selects character code page ny lt n gt The Epic 880 Printer supports many code pages The following code pages are supported Note This command is supported in ASCII mode only Note See Appendix E Internal Code Page Definitions for the internally defined code pages Additional code pages may be defined and loaded as Codepage definition files 100 88002 Rev B Page 97 Page 98 Note The code page field is a 16 bit field t
202. hat is a function of the code page numbers ny and lt n gt e g lt gt 256 lt n gt For example 1 256 181 437 For the IPCL command the page is specified in ASCII as a 4 byte field Note If the requested code page is not found in the internal maps the file system is searched for the definition Function Select character code page by name All ASCII ESC C Codepage CPM 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 43H Decimal 27 43 67 CodePage File name from 5 to 30 characters Description The ESC C command will select and read a code page encoding file If the file does not exist the current code page will be selected If the code page definition is not complete only the character locations defined by the file will be effected Note Code page translations only occur in ASCII mode This command has no effect in Unicode mode ESC C Insert Euro character PcOS ASCII ESC C n Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 43H n Decimal 27 91 67 n IPCL amp 96EU Description The ESC C n command allows an application to replace any character in the currently active code page with the Euro character The character to be replaced is defined by n For example if the currently active character set is CP 850 multi lingual and OD5H character is to be the Euro character 1BH 5BH 43H OD5H replaces the character at OD5H with the Euro symbol This command is only valid in ASCII mode when code pages ar
203. he host driver is not able to generate a disconnect The Transact TVS driver provides recovery but the Windows USB printer services driver does not It is possible to have the printer force a disconnect however the host application must start the service and then continue to extend the disconnect watch dog There is one command and two status indicators to help the application keep track of the watch dog When activated the printer will schedule a USB disconnect reconnect after the specified time unless the command is sent again to either extend the timer or to disable the timer before the timer expires ESC CAN n Activate USB Watch Dog ASCII ESC CAN n Hexadecimal 1BH 18H Decimal lt 27 gt 24 Function The ESC CAN lt n gt command schedules a USB disconnect reconnect cycle after n seconds The scheduled disconnect can be canceled by issuing ESC CAN lt 0 gt Where n 0 disable any scheduled disconnect n 1 255 Scheduled a disconnect reconnect after n seconds from when the command is received If the disconnect occurs as a result of this command The printer will reset the USB controller which appears to the host as a disconnect Effectively the host will think the printer is off The USB controller will be held in reset for 250 milliseconds When the reset is removed the USB controller will restart and a normal enumeration process will start The printer will report not ready and not accept data for anoth
204. he first character in the data field lt Code gt is a start code as shown in Figure 29 below the printer will print the complete data field from the selected set Due to space limitations only ten characters can be printed The check digit is generated and printed by the printer Characters are also specified as shown in Figure 29 To have the printer selected code set and automatically generate an optimal barcode the value of Code should be the length ESC b lt 2 gt lt Length gt information 100 88002 Rev B Page 133 Page 134 If the first character Length is from 1 to 31 the printer will automatically select Code A B or C depending on the data present If the data is all numeric the data can be printed as pairs This effectively doubles the amount of data that can be printed The check digit is generated and printed by the printer Note If the first character is greater than 31 and not 135 through lt 137 gt the printer will discard the first character and print the data as defined in Code A Space is defined as a 0 which makes programming difficult and causes control character conflicts for the printer To solve the problem the Epic 880 Printer subtracts 32 from all characters that are to be included in the bar code In the Code 128 definition an A is 33 however the printer converts an ASCII A 65 to a 33 internally This sets Code 128C and the start codes off by 32 Bar
205. he report EPOS Description This command prints or returns a summary of the electronic journal The format is as follows Electronic journal is inactive The electronic journal is off or not initialized or Electronic journal has xxxx Records and is full or Electronic journal has xxxx Records with yyyyyy bytes free Page 144 100 88002 Rev B Function Query the Electronic Journal ASCII ENQ lt 25 gt Hexadecimal 05H 19H Decimal lt 05 gt lt 25 gt IPCL None EPOS Description This is a real time status request that returns the current state of the electronic journal Return Format NAK lt 25 gt lt 42 gt lt n gt lt n_ gt NAK EJ is not active It is either off not initialized or full If n4 256 n is not zero the EJ is available but not initialized and ny 256 nis the available space K 1024 bytes or ACK lt 25 gt lt 42 gt lt ny gt lt n_ gt ACK the EJ is active an available and 256 niis the available space K 1024 bytes 100 88002 Rev B Page 145 Page 146 Printing Reporting and Resetting the Electronic Journal The electronic journal may be printed on the receipt or reported to the host The printed report will print each journal entry with an entry separator defined by the user or if not defined with a default The journal can be erased and reinitialized at any time It is up to the host application to assure the electronic journal is reported or printed before it is erased To p
206. he total number of records in the journal and the amount of space left 10 The FEED button is a multifunction button By pressing and releasing the FEED button the printer will feed and cut a short thicket This is intended to clear the printer after changing paper By pressing and holding the FEED button for a longer time two additional features may be activated Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter journal maintenance mode Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode To aid in selecting the correct mode the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicates that FEED is selected After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate This indicates that Journal mode is selected After about 4 seconds the Cover LED will illuminate indicating configuration mode is selected 100 88002 Rev B Journal Print Mode Options Initialize Journal If this option is offered the journal has never been initialized Selecting this option will initialize the journal with no password Once initialized the journal configuration cannot be changed unless the journal is erased by command Print Complete Journal This option will print the complete journal log from record 1 to the end The printer will use the default configuration and emulation to print the log That is if the printer is configured for TransAct PcOS emulation and set to 6 Ipi lar
207. ibing control code sequences n ni n2 m mz X Encloses a control character represents a single 8 bit value as defined in the standard ASCII tables The ASCII Code Table in Appendix B lists the control codes An example would be ESC which would represent a 1BH or 27 decimal Encloses an 8 bit value in decimal format The value is from zero to 255 An example is 2 which represents 02H or 2 decimal Indicates a variable parameter The variable parameter n can have a value from zero to 255 The meaning of n is described and defined in the description of the command Indicates that there are two parameters n and lt n gt where both can have values from zero to 255 Is an TransAct Printer Control Language IPCL parameter consisting of two digits where m4 and lt m gt are ASCII characters from zero to nine The parameter is combined to form a value from zero to 99 If ms is included the parameter is combined to be from zero to 999 If two values are specified there must be two bytes added to the IPCL code That is if the command specifies m lt m gt and the desired value is five it must be specified as 05 All other characters in control strings represent ASCII characters For example ESC 1 represents 1BH followed by 31H In many cases applications require that control sequences be specified in hexadecimal or decimal codes In most cases commands are sp
208. igurations to select from Press and release FEED to move between options Press and hold the FEED button to select an option Press DIAG Button Or Cycle Power To Exit Figure 7 Startup message in Field Configuration mode Note The x value shown in this figure will be the actual number of loaded configurations and can range from 2 to 20 The first option presented is an option to print all the stored configurations in summary form Press and hold the FEED button after this option is displayed to select it This summary includes the configuration name a text description and a brief list of features for each pre loaded configuration After the Print all option each configuration is sequentially presented by name with its description Press the FEED button once to move to the next configuration in the 100 88002 Rev B Page 41 Page 42 list or press and hold the FEED button to select the displayed configuration A sample configuration is shown in Figure 8 ID Xxxxxxx Configuration description Ithaca normal with transport Configuration Summary Emulation Emulation mode Ithaca PCOS Paper Selection Print Energy Control Paper Generic Black RS232 Serial Interface Baud Rate 19200 BPS Mode 8 Bit No Parity 1 Stop Bit Handshaking Ready Busy Receive Error Prints DTR RTS Signal RTS and DTR CTS DSR Signal None General Options Code Page 437 CPI 17 Carriage Return Normal Off
209. ill set the line spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note This is the minimum spacing If the character height setting requires a larger spacing the character height will override this setting 100 88002 Rev B Page 215 Page 216 Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points All ASCII ESC v lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 76H Decimal 27 43 118 Range 0 16 255 The ESC v command will set the line spacing in 1 4 points where 74 point is defined as 1 288 of an inch ASCII ESC v lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 76H Decimal 27 43 118 Range d 0 16 255 If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note This is the minimum spacing If the character height setting requires a larger spacing the character height will override this setting Function Set stroke font brush size All ASCII ESC B lt w gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 42H Decimal 27 43 66 Range w 0 6 200 Description The ESC B command will set brush stroke percentage for stroke fonts If the brush size is set to zero the font design stroke width will be used Values from 6 to 200 represent 0 4 to 12 of the em width of the font The default for most fonts is about 3 The Epic 880 using the GB18030 font supplied by TransAct Technologies produces the best characters with a brush size of about 100 Note The default value for the brush str
210. ined font can be provided that would if first in the link replace the characters n the standard font It may also be desirable to stack fonts to provide a precedent for how individual characters are looked up For example e Anapplication may wish to alter the appearance of several characters for security e t might be necessary to define a group of special symbols for a specific application e t might be necessary to supplement a font with special characters like OCR characters To provide this flexibility the Epic 880 has the ability to link up to 8 fonts together When this is done the first font in the link is searched first If the character is not defined the next font in the link is searched This process is continued until the character is found or the last font is searched There are two ways to define a linked font This first is to define a default linked font in the POR INI file If it link font is defined in the POR INI file it will be selected as the default power on font Selecting font 0 will select the linked font provided that a link font is defined It is also possible to dynamically define a linked font This requires that the fonts to be linked be aliased to a font id in the POR INI file Defining a linked font does not necessarily activate it If the linked font was not already active it must be selected by selecting font 0 Font Storage The Epic 880 supports a Flash file system used to store fonts cu
211. inter to return power up status ENQ 14 Inquire Mechanical error status ASCII ENQ 14 Hexadecimal 05H OEH Decimal 5 14 Function Error status Response ACK 14 06H OEH No mechanical errors NAK 15 15H OFH Mechanical error has occurred Use ENQ lt 22 gt to identify the error Note For this status request to function the Buffer Full Only off line option should be selected 100 88002 Rev B Page 165 Page 166 ENQ 15 Inquire printer state ASCII ENQ 15 Hexadecimal 05H OFH Decimal 5 15 Function The ENQ 15 command returns the current printer state Note lt 17 gt also returns the current printer state but it should not be used as it conflicts with XON XOFF flow control Response ACK lt 15 gt n lt r gt lt r gt Where 15 is the echo of the command ID n is the number of return bytes 40 28H to prevent confusion with XON XOFF n bit 0 1 always bit 1 Cover is closed bit 2 Receipt paper is out bit 3 0 bit 4 1 Printer is waiting in an error mode Use ENQ lt 22 gt to identify the specific error and ENQ lt 10 gt to recover bit 5 0 bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always p bit 0 5 0 always bit 6 1 always bit 7 0 always Note For this status request to function the Buffer Full Only off line option should be selected ENQ lt 20 gt Inquire all printer status ASCII ENQ lt 20 gt Hexad
212. ion Control Several commands can be used to control the horizontal position of characters Many applications use space control to position fields However the Epic 880 Printer has the ability to control character position with horizontal tab stops This is done using the horizontal tab HT to move to those tab stops HT Horizontal tab ASCII HT Hexadecimal 09H Decimal 9 IPCL amp 96HT EPOS HT Description The HT command inserts spaces in the print buffer up to the next tab stop The default tab locations are every eight spaces BS Back space ASCII BS Hexadecimal 08H Decimal 8 IPCL amp BS EPOS BS Description The BS command moves the print buffer one character width to the left The pointer position cannot be moved to the left of the left margin BS does not cause the buffer to be printed rather the following data is OR ed with the previous data ESC D Set horizontal tab stops ASCII ESC D n4 n2 lt gt ni 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 44H n4 nz lt gt ni OOH Decimal lt 27 gt 68 n4 n lt gt lt n gt 0 IPCL none EPOS ESC D n nz lt gt ni 0 Description The ESC D n n2 lt gt ni 0 command sets tab stops at the character columns specified by n The end of the settings is specified by a 0 All previously set tabs will be cleared Column sizes are in accordance with the current
213. iption The ESC K n4 n2 command prints n4 256 n5 bytes of single density graphics 60 dpi ESC L Print half speed double density graphics 120h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC L ni lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 4CH lt n gt n2 Decimal lt 27 gt 76 ni nz IPCL none Description The ESC L n n2 command prints n 256 n2 bytes of double density graphics 120 dpi at half speed allowing full and half dots to be printed 100 88002 Rev B Page 115 ESC Y Print full speed double density graphics 120h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC Y ni nz Hexadecimal 1BH 59H n nz Decimal 27 89 ni lt n gt IPCL none Description The ESC Y n4 n command prints n 256 nz bytes of double density graphics 120 dpi at full speed with no consecutive dots The mode is generally used to print 120h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes ESC Z Print quad density graphics 240h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC Z n n Hexadecimal 1BH n4 nz Decimal 27 90 n nz IPCL none Description The ESC Z n4 n2 command prints n4 256 n bytes of quad density graphics 240 dpi at half speed with no consecutive dots The mode is generally used to print 240h by 144v dpi resolutions in two passes Extended APA Graphics ESC Print graphics in mode m 60h 120h 240h x 72v dpi ASCII ESC lt m gt n nz
214. iption This command forces the printer to print the current totals log Note This command must be preceded with an ESC y 8 Function Print Current Print Setup Values ASCII ESC y 20 or ESC lt 20 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 79H 14H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 121 gt lt 20 gt Description This command forces the printer to print the current setup values Note This command must be preceded with an ESC y lt 8 gt Function Set Electronic Journal Print Configuration Control ASCII ESC j n Hex 1BH 7EH 6AH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 126 gt lt 105 gt Description This command reconfigures the electronic journal print mode record separator and manual printing modes Where n 76543210 Bit values Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Enabled X1 Manual Electronic Journal Print mode is Disabled 0X A Record separation line is printed that may contain a record number eects 1X No Record separation line is printed Note Both parameters must be set at the same time by this command Note The record separation configuration may be set in manual configuration mode This command will reset the configuration to the value specified here Note This command performs a configuration update and should not be done on a regular basis Note This command must be preceded with an ESC y lt 8 gt to enable it 100 88002 Rev B Page 231 Page 232 Remote Printer Reset Reset in Serial Mode It is possible
215. irmware Verify Configuration Integrity Interface Configuration 0 File System Integrity 1 Start Kernel Verify Multitasking Start Tasks ctl LJ OU Qo Nm Once the kernel is running the following tests must pass to allow operation However if any test fails except the knife home test the remaining tests will generate recoverable faults and normal operation will start as soon as the fault is cleared These tests are also run when operation is resumed from OFF 12 Cover Closed Check 13 Knife Home 14 Paper Present 15 Clear Paper Path 16 Place Printer On line Start Normal Operation The first phase of testing consists of step 1 5 and determines that the boot loader is accurate and the printer firmware is correct Tests 1 through 4 produce non recoverable errors if they fail in which case the power must be removed from the printer and the printer returned for service If the boot loader is intact but the main firmware is corrupted the printer automatically enters boot loader mode where the firmware can then be reloaded into the printer Boot Loader Mode The boot loader may be entered during normal operation through special commands Normal boot load operation is by manually starting boot load mode Boot loader mode can be entered in one of three ways 1 when Level 0 Diagnostics finds that the firmware check also known as a cyclical redundancy check or CRC is bad 2 manually or 3 through the use of a special b
216. is to be printed 256x rH rL df da data bytes Range 0 lt m lt 80 0 lt n lt 80 0 lt r lt 65535 0 lt d1 dn lt 255 Note This command can produce graphics that are difficult to print and hard on the power supply Avoid multi line repeats of very dark lines In normal graphics the printer does a look ahead at impending print and tries to adjust it s speed to limit power consumption This command can easily produce graphics that make that very difficult For example a completely white space followed by a black group of lines that are less than 20 lines long will provide a transient load on the power supply that may overload it The printer does not recognize the black data until it is too late to slow down Normal graphics generally does not contain that kind of data 100 88002 Rev B Page 121 Page 122 User Store Graphic Save and Macros The Epic 880 Printer maintains about 2 5 Megabytes of flash memory to save user information The information can be either macros or graphic images To allow the host application to maintain these groups of data a series of user store maintenance commands are available As referenced earlier in this manual the user can define a limited number of custom characters and define a macro These character macro definitions can also be saved in user store However only one character definition and one macro can be active at any time One macro definition can be flagged to load and r
217. ith the printer is required for any reason data loss results The reset operation is saved until the printer goes idle If the printer is idle and a reset command is received or pending the printer resets and the buffer clears If the host resets an operator intervention operation any remaining buffered data is cleared 100 88002 Rev B When the printer receives a reset command the printer goes off line and or busy until the reset completes If the host application continues to send information to the printer after a reset command some of that information may be processed before the reset is processed After the reset the transport is cleared If it cannot be cleared a jam status may be issued Note If reset inhibit is set in the configuration menu this command is ignored ENQ 11 Inquire power cycle status ASCII ENQ 11 Hexadecimal 05H OBH Decimal 5 11 Function Has the printer been power cycled since the last request Response ACK 11 06H OBH Printer has been power cycled since the last ENQ 11 NAK 5 15H OBH Printer has not power cycled since the last 11 Description The first time after a reset the command returns ACK lt 11 gt after that the command returns NAK 11 The command allows the application to determine if the printer has been power cycled and needs to be reinitialized The ENQ 10 command and the INIT signal on the parallel port both cause the pr
218. izes Moreover such scaling and smoothing operations were often unsuitable for complex fonts such as Asian characters where changes to pixel layout actually risk changing character meanings To take full advantage of scalable fonts the Epic 880 supports additional commands and features including 1 Character size selection by points 2 Character pitch selection by points 3 Variable character spacing if desired 4 Custom fonts 5 Unicode support for international language support 6 Enhanced code page support for ASCII based applications Character Generation The font technology in the Epic 880 printer uses standard outline fonts sometimes referred to as TrueType fonts or stroke fonts Both technologies are scalable however each has unique advantages Outline characters Outline characters use points along the edge of the character to describe the character The character generator defines the edge and then fills in the enclosed space to define the character This type of character generation produces very well formed characters and produces the best looking characters However it requires more storage than stroke fonts and is best for non Asian fonts 100 88002 Rev B Page 193 Page 194 Stroke based characters With stroke based characters the points stored are along the center line Less than half the points are needed to render stroke based characters This improves character generation performance and us
219. l ASCII ESC J d Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4AH Decimal 27 43 74 Range d 0 4 72 The ESC J command will set the character spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until deactivated by setting the value to 0 or if the set character height and width commands use a 0 for the width indicating proportional spacing should be used This command differs from the ESC command in that if the character is too large for the cell the cell will be expanded in multiples of d until the character fits If d 0 variable spacing is selected However note that the cell adjustment flag will remain set and if legacy commands are used they will allow the cell to be expanded Note If the current character size is too large for the selected spacing the cell size will be expanded Function Set Character spacing in points with adjustment AII ASCII ESC j d Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 6AH Decimal 27 43 106 Range d 0 16 255 The ESC j command will set the character spacing in points where point is defined as 1 288 of an inch This command will force mono space printing It will override any character spacing set by the set character height and width commands defined above This spacing will be enforced until d
220. line spacing command is issued Page 80 100 88002 Rev B Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points All ASCII ESC V lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 56H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 86 gt Range d 0 4 72 The ESC V command will set the line spacing in points where one point is defined as 1 72 of an inch If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note This is the minimum spacing If the character height setting requires a larger spacing the character height will override this setting Function Set minimum Line Spacing in Points All ASCII ESC v lt d gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 76H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 43 gt lt 118 gt Range d 0 16 255 The ESC v command will set the line spacing in 1 4 points where point is defined as 1 288 of an inch ASCII ESC v d Hexadecimal BH 2BH 76H Decimal 27 43 118 Range d 0 16 255 If d 0 variable spacing is selected Note This is the minimum spacing If the character height setting requires a larger spacing the character height will override this setting 100 88002 Rev B Page 81 Page 82 ESC d Feed lt n gt lines at the current spacing ASCII ESC d n Hexadecimal 1BH 64H n Decimal lt 27 gt 100 n IPCL amp FL m1 m2 EPOS ESC d Description The ESC d n command prints the contents of the buffer if any and performs n line feeds at the current line spacing The command does not change the
221. low these attributes to be set and cleared the ESC RS A command can be used The format is as follows ESC RS A R S FileName lt 0 gt This command will remove the Read only and System attributes form File name 100 88002 Rev B Page 223 Function Return the last file command status All ASCII ESC RS Hexadecimal 1BH 1EH 3FH Decimal lt 27 gt 30 63 The ESC RS Command requests the file system to return the status of the last file operation This command returns an identifier byte followed by 2 bytes indicating the status results of the last file command The format will be as follows Status Details or 3F 47 or 42 Details Where Status G for success and B for Failure Detail Detailed status as a binary byte with bit definitions as follows Bit Hex Decimal Function 0 01 1 File Open 1 02 2 File in Write Mode 2 04 4 The Read response is shorter than requested and EOF has been encountered 3 08 8 The file is already open 4 10 16 The file system has no space for the preceding operation Could be out of Flash or out of Buffer space 5 20 32 A write operation has been attempted to a read only file 6 40 64 File requested was not found 8 80 128 An error has occurred Other bits may be set that give additional detail This bit determines the G or B status in the previous byte Function Write File command All ASCII ESC RS W lt
222. m BOX DRAWINGS LEFT LIGHT AND RIGHT VERTICAL HEAVY BOX DRAWINGS HEAVY VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL 2550 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE HORIZONTAL 2551 BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL 2 BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE m BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE sey BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND RIGHT x BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE m BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND 2557 TA mur BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE DER BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE REIN BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND RIGHT BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE PUR BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE 255D BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND LEFT UR BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND RIGHT DOUBLE Pese BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND RIGHT SINGLE pm BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND RIGHT n BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND LEFT DOUBLE pm BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND LEFT SINGLE RU BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND LEFT d BOX DRAWINGS DOWN SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE n BOX DRAWINGS DOWN DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE TS BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE DOWN AND HORIZONTAL m BOX DRAWINGS UP SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE dei BOX DRAWINGS UP DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE SEA BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE UP AND HORIZONTAL SEX BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL SINGLE AND HORIZONTAL DOUBLE E BOX DRAWINGS VERTICAL DOUBLE AND HORIZONTAL SINGLE BOX DRAWINGS DOUBLE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BOX DRAWINGS LIGHT ARC DOW
223. me gt amp command initializes the universal graphic buffer structure and redirects the following data to the universal graphic buffer It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference If the name already exists in the flash user store the command is ignored The command must be followed by the End name universal graphic record command with the same name If the data that follows is larger than the universal graphic buffer about 16K the universal graphic definition is terminated without saving any data amp UG lt Name gt amp End named universal graphic record IPCL amp UG lt Name gt amp Description The amp UG lt Name gt amp command ends the universal graphic record operation and saves the universal graphic to flash It uses the lt Name gt field to verify the command end and must match the Begin named universal graphic record command If the name already exists in the flash user store or the universal graphic memory is exceeded the command is invalid and the lt Name gt field prints amp UR lt Name gt amp Run universal graphic data from user store IPCL amp UR lt Name gt amp Description The amp UR lt Name gt amp command loads the referenced universal graphic into the universal graphic buffer The universal graphic buffer is then inserted into the data stream If the named item does not exist or is not a universal graphic the Epic 880 ignores the command amp US lt Name gt amp
224. mmand UTF 16 is the most straightforward way to access characters above 255 sending two 8 bit bytes that form a 16 bit address to access the desired character UTF 16LE uses the little endian method of sending the two bytes This method sends the low byte first and then the high byte Note Once selected all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding even for non print commands 100 88002 Rev B Page 207 Page 208 Function Initiate Unicode UTF 8 Encoding MBCS All ASCII ESC M Hexadecimal 1BH 2BH 4DH Decimal 27 43 77 Description The ESC M command will put the printer into UTF 8 character encoding mode of operation If you wish to access characters above 255 You must select a Unicode encoding such as UTF 8 You must select a downloaded font as described in this section before issuing this command UTF 8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence MBCS to identify the desired Unicode character This encoding method is less straightforward This method uses unique bit sequences at the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning within the MBCS encoding See the table below for more information Note Once selected all information sent to the printer must then use this encoding even for non print commands Scalar Value 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 000000000xxxxxxx OXXXXXXX 00000 110 10 ZZZZyyyyyyXXXxxx 11102222 10
225. mpressed into a 2 or 3 file code description set One file is like the Code page description file in that it may be referenced just like the normal code page description files The other two files are double byte and multi byte decode files and are referenced in the master code page description These files not distributed with the standard printer but are available from Transact upon request Code Page Selection In ASCII mode the Epic 880 Printer supports many different international character sets In IBM and EPOS printers there are two ways of selecting a character set One way substitute s international characters in the upper 128 characters of a standard character set The substitution technique supports a few different countries However as more and more countries were added too many characters were being replaced and it became a problem for the application to match the characters displayed and printed To solve this problem a second method of selecting a character set was developed code pages The printer and display use the same code page and the application displays and prints the same characters IBM and EPOS defined new commands to select code pages and left the old commands in effect The Epic 880 Printer supports international character sets as well as code pages To allow the most flexibility for the application programmer both methods are extended in the Epic 880 Printer In IBM mode there are 19 character sets an
226. n PCB Location and Connector Info 61 Figure 22 Power and RS232 Left hand 62 Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit 62 Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations a 106 Figure 25 Page mode set printable area 110 Figure 26 Default Page mode printed 110 Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed 111 Figure 28 Code 39 Full 128 Character Encoding 133 Figure 29 Expanded Function 134 Figure 30 Code 128 Encoding 136 Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics 181 Figure 32 Windows Driver a 243 Figure 33 OPOS UPOS DriVer eo Reb ieee lace ee 244 Figure 34 USB DriVer eee ne e REX RR T ERR uus 245 Figure 35 POSPTIIIGE OCX E A AEE ee cine Sess 246 Tables Table 1 Input Power Requirements n 16 Table 2 Serial Interface Pin outs eene 19 Table 3 Character PRM zis settee nt Gee To cree Dota Denise to te to ee Cro etos 91 Table 4
227. n Time unsigned int System Active Time unsigned int Head Over Temps unsigned int Cutter Re Home unsigned int Jam Detect L1 unsigned int Jam Detect L2 unsigned int Missed Top of form unsigned int Configuration Faults unsigned int Not used unsigned int Flash File Fault unsigned int Jam Detect L3 unsigned int Retracts unsigned int USB Watch Dog unsigned int RAM Faults ENQ 33 Inquire Firmware ID and Rev ASCII ENQ 33 Hexadecimal 05H 21H Decimal 5 33 Function ENQ 33 command returns the Firmware ID and revision Response ACK 33 51 PE8805 X XX Where lt 33 gt Is the echo of command lt 51 gt Length 40 Firmware ID PE8805 Separator 0x2D or 45D Rev X XX Current Revision in ASCII ENQ lt 34 gt Inquire Firmware CRC ASCII ENQ lt 34 gt Hexadecimal 05H 22H Decimal lt 5 gt lt 34 gt Function The ENQ lt 34 gt command returns the Firmware ID and revision Response ACK lt 34 gt lt 42 gt lt MSB gt lt LSB gt Where lt 34 gt Is the echo of command lt 42 gt Length 40 lt MSB gt Most significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC lt LSB gt Least significant 8 bits of the 16 bit CRC 100 88002 Rev B Page 173 Page 174 ENQ 35 Inquire USB Watch Dog Resets ASCII ENQ 35 Hexadecimal 05H 23H Decimal 5 35 Function The 35 command returns the number of USB Watch dog resets and then resets the count to zero
228. n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Save macro data in user store ASCII ESC US m Name mac 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 6DH Decimal lt 27 gt 31 109 IPCL amp UM lt gt 0 EPOS GS lt gt 0 is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated Description The ESC US m lt Name gt 0 command saves the current macro buffer structure into the flash user store area It uses the lt Name gt field as a reference name If the name already exists in the flash user store the command does not store the data 100 88002 Rev B Page 125 Page 126 The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Load item from user store ASCII ESC US I lt mac gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 6CH Decimal 27 31 108 IPCL amp 96UL Name 0 EPOS GS 0 lt Name gt 0 is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated Description The ESC US lt Name gt 0 command loads the referenced item into the appropriate structure If the item referenced is a user defined character set it is loaded into the current user character definition which does not affect the active state of user defined characters If itis a macro it is loaded i
229. nd when processed by the printer will return a progress status marker The value of lt n gt can be any 8 bit value Itis returned to the host unaltered The intent is for it to be a sequence number The command can be used to track the print progress of the printer or verify that data has been printed Note The ESC q lt n gt command is a line terminator that causes the printer to print all previous data If a normal line terminator like a CR is not supplied right justify and auto center do not function correctly All data is left justified ESC q does not perform a CR or LF function ESC v Perform Auto Cut ASCII ESC v Hexadecimal 1BH 76H n Decimal lt 27 gt lt 118 gt IPCL amp FC amp PC EPOS ESC i or ESC m Description The ESC v command operated the auto cutter Note The auto cutter is optional If the auto cutter is not installed this command will be ignored ESC Initialize the printer ASCII ESC Hexadecimal 1BH 40H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 64 gt Description The ESC command initializes the printer All settings including character font and line spacing are canceled 100 88002 Rev B Page 155 ESC p4 Select paper to stop printing ASCII ESC p 4 n Hexadecimal 1BH 70H 34H lt n gt Decimal 27 112 52 n Range 0 lt lt 255 Description The ESC p 4 n command selects which sensors tell the printer to stop printing For the default
230. ne the macro and then the save macro data command to save the data The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function Save macro data ASCII ESC US m lt Name gt lt 0 gt Saving User defined Characters To save user defined characters first define the character set 100 88002 Rev B Page 123 Page 124 User Store Commands Function Load item from user store ASCII ESC US I lt Name gt 0 Description If the item referenced is a user defined character set it is loaded into the current definition If it is a macro it is loaded into the macro buffer It is not processed or printed To help maintain the user store area the following commands can be used The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function Flag as a start up macro ASCII ESC US s lt Name gt 0 Description The ESC US s lt Name gt 0 command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup No more than one user character definition and user data item may be flagged The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Function Remove item from user store ASCII ESC US e Name 0 Description The ESC US e Name 0 command removes an item from user store and frees up its
231. ned to each of the 256 possible locations can be remapped to any character in the Unicode standard Typically the first 32 characters are reserved for control characters The next 72 are typically fixed to alpha numeric and punctuation The upper 128 characters are typically redefined to characters that support the specific language or country These mappings are generally referred to as codepages The Epic 880 provides several legacy commands to select a country code or codepage maps However they all simply select an ASCII to Unicode translation map Several predefined mappings to provide legacy support are internal to the printer but the majority of the maps are placed in the printer s file system This allows any preexisting codepage mapping to be defined as well as the ability to define custom mappings unique to your application Codepage description files The format of the codepage description file is somewhat flexible The basic format is that each line will specify an ASCII character ID and the Unicode character that is to appear in that ASCII ID location The file format is one character per line with the first value being the ASCII ID and the second value being the Unicode address The file should be something like this 0x00 0x0000 NULL 0x01 0x0001 START OF HEADING 0x02 0x0002 START OF TEXT 0x03 0x0003 4 END OF TEXT or Language USA Code Page 437 0x00 0x0000 0 NULL 0x01 0x263A 9786 WHITE SMILE 0x02 0x263
232. nfiguration program 100 88002 Rev B Page 33 Operational Procedures Page 34 Loading Paper The Epic 880 printer uses a continuous roll of POS or Lottery grade thermal paper with specifications outlined in the chapter Epic 880TM Specifications and Requirements Figure 6 Auto feeding a Paper Roll Instructions for auto feeding the paper are as follows 1 Place a roll of new paper on the spindle with the end of the paper unloading from the back to the front of the printer as shown in the figure 2 Thread the free end of the paper under the top cover as shown 3 Push the end of the paper forward until it engages the Paper Out sensor located under the center of the top cover 4 Paper will feed automatically and then print and eject a test ticket Cleaning the Print Head Once the unit is opened the paper path is accessible for cleaning or clearing paper Use a soft brush to clean the paper dust from inside the printer The paper dust should also be removed from the sensor optics If streaking on the printed ticket is evident the thermal print head may need to be cleaned This can be with a cotton swab moistened with an alcohol solvent ethanol methanol IPA 100 88002 Rev B Warning After printing the print head can be very hot Be careful not to touch it and let it cool down before you clean it Do not damage the print head by touching it with your fingers or any hard object 100 88002 Rev B Page 35 Cha
233. ng 117 Boot Loader Mode 30 Carriage Return 76 Change User Store Terminator 128 Character attributes 100 Character Code Page Setting 97 Character Pitch Setting 91 216 Page 268 Code Page Definitions 263 Commands User store 125 178 Communication Features 233 Communications Interface 19 Configuration Remote 40 Configuration Control Extending 159 161 234 Configuration Mode Overview 39 Contact Information 7 Control Character Printing 99 Control Codes Overview 67 Control Codes and Commands 68 Control Feature Setting 158 Cover Open Status Inquire 164 D Disassembly 65 Double Density Graphics Full Speed Printing 116 Double Density Graphics Half Speed Printing 115 E Emphasized Print Mode Beginning 104 Emphasized Print Mode Ending 104 End Italics 105 Enhanced Print Mode Ending 103 Enhanced print Beginning 103 Entering Configuration Mode 39 EPOS Emulation 68 Error Status Inquire 169 Euro Character Inserting 98 Extended APA Graphics 116 Form Feed 83 86 Form Length Setting Inches 84 Form Length Setting Lines 84 Forming characters 193 Graphic Mode 115 Graphic Data Processing 118 Graphic Mode Reassigning 116 Graphic mode Set Horizontal 119 121 Graphic save 122 Graphics all points addressable APA 182 Character 181 color 118 horizontal 118 Horizontal 182 100 88002 Rev B printing 181 Horizontal Motion Control 77 Horizontal Posi
234. ng features are standard for Epic 880 printers Integrated printer mechanism main controller PCB architecture Variable length presenter capable of handling from 63 5 to 254 mm 2 5 10 inches length tickets Full cut auto cutter module as part of printer mechanism Minimum 150 mm 6 0 second print speed monochrome black text 203 dpi print resolution 8 dots mm Special print scalable to 8x with reverse underscore italic and bold print 44 57 characters per line for 80 mm paper width Face up print orientation ASCII and Unicode character encoding Ladder and fence barcode printing supporting UPC A UPC E EAN13 EAN8 Code39 ITF CODABAR Code93 Code 128 Code31 and Interleaved 2 of 5 Serial RS232C and USB interfaces built into main controller PCB Selectable baud rates 100 88002 Rev B Page 11 Page 12 Drivers for Windows XP and XPe 4 MB minimum flash memory and 8 MB RAM Ithaca command set emulation Power 24 VDC Power Connector 4 pin Molex Paper Out Paper Cover Open Paper Low Top Of Form Jam Detection Transport Ticket Taken Head Temperature and Ticket Retract sensors Ticket retract feature Power and error LED s Paper feed button Easy paper loading Portrait or landscape printing under Windows Internal counters to track number of hours on cuts completed lines fed and error conditions Capable of handling a 152 mm 6 0 inch diameter 82 5mm wide paper roll Compliant with RoHS Restriction on Haz
235. ng the Print Page Mode commands FF or ESC FF The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed The Yoffset is in the y direction and is YO dots and the Xoffset is in the x direction and is XO dots in The length of the area to be printed in the y direction is set to H dots The length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to W dots The set print area command may be invoked multiple times while in page mode The first invocation specifies the initial master page size Following invocations will define smaller windows within the initially defined page If the Set page size command is not used the page size will default to the maximum size The orientation of the set print area command is always based on 0 degrees regardless of the current orientation setting This includes if the command is sent before the start page mode command after the start page mode command or as a sub page Note The maximum printable area in the x direction is 576 203 or 3 15 inches Note The maximum printable area in the y direction is 2999 203 or 14 78 inches Note Only the used portion of the page is printed That is the page length will only include what actually has print data See illustration below 100 88002 Rev B Page 109 YOffset O O 5 Width lt 2 Wu XOffset O O 4 Figure 25 Page mode set printable area Rema Start of page definition Cut to print offset
236. nting Office Washington DC 20402 Ask for stock number 004 000 00345 4 Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Statement The Epic 880 Printer does not exceed Class A limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications Regulatory Compliance FCC Class B CE Mark EN 60950 1 UL 60950 1 CAN CSA C22 2 NO 60950 1 EN55022 EN55024 ROHS 100 88002 Rev B Page iii Page iv Disclaimer NOTICE TO ALL PERSONS RECEIVING THIS DOCUMENT The information in this document is subject to change without notice No part of this document may be reproduced stored or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of TransAct Technologies Inc TransAct This document is the property of and contains information that is both confidential and proprietary to TransAct Recipient shall not disclose any portion of this document to any third party TRANSACT DOES NOT ASSUME ANY LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES INCURRED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM ANY ERRORS OMISSIONS OR DISCREPANCIES IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT TransAct cannot guarantee that changes in software and equipment made by other manufacturers and referred to in this publication do not affect the applicability of information in this publication Copyright 2008 2009 TransAct Technol
237. nto the macro buffer but it is not inserted into the data stream ESC g 0 inserts the macro buffer into the data stream If the named item does not exist the command does nothing The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT gt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Run macro data from user store ASCII ESC US r lt Name mac gt 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 72H Decimal lt 27 gt 31 114 IPCL amp 96UR Name 0 EPOS GS 0 lt Name gt 0 is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated Description The ESC US r lt Name gt 0 command loads the referenced macro into the macro buffer The macro buffer is then inserted into the data stream If the named item does not exist or is not a macro nothing happens The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note User defined macros must use a mac extension Function Flag item as a start up macro ASCII ESC US s Name mac 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 73H Decimal 27 31 115 IPCL amp US Name 0 EPOS GS 0 lt Name gt 0 is from one to 15 characters and must be null terminated 100 88002 Rev B Description The ESC US s lt Name gt 0 command flags the referenced item to be processed at startup Only one user
238. o Note Pin out configurations for these interfaces are documented in Chapter 2 Epic 880 Specifications and Requirements 100 88002 Rev B Page 61 Electrical Connections Cable connection locations Figure 23 Power and USB Left hand Exit Note that the Power and communications cables can also be routed to the right The unused mounting location in the upper right corner should be used to restrain the cables in a similar fashion as the left exit Page 62 100 88002 Rev B iections Printer Block Diagram soejisju IND zezsu e Sod sunong j0suag JaAug 1010W apuy pue yiodsuesy H useld 105592014 324 MESI SISANG E Page 63 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 8 Control Codes 100 88002 Rev B Page 65 This page intentionally left blank Page 66 100 88002 Rev B Control Codes Overview This OEM Integration Manual is designed to help users of the Epic 880 printer develop applications Because Epic 880 printers are specialized point of sale printers with several features not normally found on general purpose printers they have unique control codes that are documented in this manual Nomenclature When describing control codes confusion often occurs as to whether the description is decimal hexadecimal or ASCII To minimize the problem this OEM Integration Manual uses the following nomenclature when descr
239. ode Inquire In parallel IEEE 1284 mode status information can be returned to the host through the IEEE 1284 reverse channel After the host makes an inquire request it activates IEEE 1284 mode 0 reverse channel and waits for a response from the printer The response to the inquire is identical to serial mode in format The printer always accepts IEEE 1284 reverse channel requests but does not accept inquire commands when off line It is possible to obtain status when off line by placing the printer in dynamic response mode before the printer goes off line The IEEE 1284 reverse channel responds to status changes even when the printer is off line In general the printer should be configured for Buffer Full Only off line operation if inquire commands are used This prevents the printer from using flow control for anything but buffer full The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer Inquire Commands ENQ Inquire printer status ASCII ENQ n Hexadecimal 05H n Decimal 5 n IPCL none EPOS IGS ror DLE ENQ or DLE EOT Description The ENQ lt n gt command inquires about the printer s status and returns a result Note When the printer is off line inquires may not be accepted ENQ lt 3 gt Inquire paper low status ASCII ENQ lt 3 gt Hexadecimal 05H 03H Decimal lt 5 gt lt 3 gt Function Receipt paper low Respon
240. ogies Inc All rights reserved Revision Level B February 2009 Printed in USA Trademarks Some of the product names mentioned herein are used for identification purposes only and may be trademarks and or registered trademarks of their respective companies BANKjet 50Plus Insta Load Ithaca Made to Order Built to Last Magnetec PcOS POSjet PowerPocket and TransAct are registered trademarks and Epic 880 Flex Zone Import ithaColor iTherm KITCHENjet Momentum QDT and TicketBurst are trademarks of TransAct Technologies Inc 100 88002 Rev B Table of Contents Change a MN ii Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequency Interference Statement iii Canadian Department of Communications Radio Interference Statement iii Regulatory Compliance PAR RR Dec ecc E De iii Disclaimer us II iv eclesie iv TradermarkSca sa suu venere Ee ce Ee ge dara rbi p Pe Ru Bra Eros iv rable of Contents edere tetendit beo eta pe utat V gl cd X Tables tcc dre EDD aa Shins e BEER eue caca addi detuned lad eae oe X Introducing your Epic 880 Printer 1 About your TransAct Epic 880 Printer 3 Who Should Read This Guide esee 4 What Is Included in This 4
241. oke may be set in the POR INI file ESC P Set character pitch Legacy mode command PcOS ASCII ESC P n Hexadecimal 1BH 5BH 50H n Decimal lt 27 gt 91 80 n IPCL amp 96F1 amp 2 amp 3 amp F4 amp F5 amp F6 amp 96F7 EPOS ESC SP lt n gt Description The ESC P n command sets character per inch print pitch to n The printer resolution limits the exact print pitch The following table lists the exact pitch for various values on n 100 88002 Rev B Resulting Resulting Characters Characters per Inch per Inch 1 1 00 2 2 00 17 17 33 amp F 1 3 3 01 18 17 33 4 4 00 19 18 91 5 4 95 20 20 8 amp 5 6 5 94 21 20 8 7 6 93 22 23 11 8 8 00 amp 96F7 23 23 11 9 9 04 24 23 11 amp F4 10 9 90 amp F3 25 23 11 11 10 95 26 26 12 12 23 amp F2 27 26 13 13 00 28 26 14 13 87 29 29 71 15 14 86 amp F6 30 29 71 Table 11 Character Pitch This command disables any right side spacing set by the ESC V command It enforces this spacing on the current font selection even if the character is too large for the spacing In addition when font changes are made the character pitch is maintained Legacy Printer Features that Have Changed Because this product employs outline and stroke font character generation support for several legacy features are changed from previo
242. ommand is processed When In Field boot load mode the firmware image file provided by Transact should be sent to the printer The communications will be the same as normal operating node The ESC SO and ESC SO commands also enter boot load only the way the USB enumerates may be altered ESC SO Z forces the boot load USB enumeration to use a different PID Product Identification This allows a different Windows driver to be evoked ESC SO forces the boot load to use the same PID as normal operation This will force Windows to envoke the same driver that is used for normal operation The ESC SO will use the current configuration Note ESC SO and ESC SO alter the configuration There are several commands available in field boot load mode that may be used by the host application to query the printer Function Returns the boot loader ID ASCII STX B Hexadecimal 02H 42H Decimal lt 2 gt lt 66 gt Description Returns the Field Boot loader ID e g PB4390 1 00 CR LF 100 88002 Rev B Page 177 Page 178 Function Returns Flash Type ID ASCII STX E Hexadecimal 02H 45H Decimal 2 69 Description Returns the Flash Type ID IE SGS 29F400B CR LF Function Check and return the operating firmware ID ASCII STX K Hexadecimal 02H 4BH Decimal 2 75 Description Checks the CRC and if valid returns the operating firmware ID IE PE8800 2 00 CR LF If the Firmware is not pre
243. on By pressing and holding the Diagnostics Config button for a longer time two additional features may be activated Pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter hex dump mode Holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode To aid in selecting the correct mode the Fault LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicates that self test is selected After about 2 seconds the Fault LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate This indicates that hex dump mode is selected After about 4 seconds the Cover LED will illuminate indicating configuration mode is selected 100 88002 Rev B Page 27 Page 28 Using Self Test Self Test Mode allows you to perform a series of tests to show if the printer is functioning correctly To enter self test momentarily press the Diagnostics Config button on the side of the printer The Epic 880 has several Self Test options Some are designed to be useful when performing on site print evaluations Others are designed for factory setup by TransAct Once in test mode the FEED button is used to select the test to be run Testing the printer Use the first three TEST options when verifying basic printer operation The last three options are for factory test Operation Ticket Print The receipt test is the primary test option to use when determining if the printer is functioning correctly The ticket test is mostly used during th
244. oot load command To manually enter the boot loader hold the Diagnostics button in the side of the printer while the power is applied The FAULT Indicator comes on and the READY indicator blinks At this time the firmware boot program is operating and the boot load file may be sent to the printer When the printer receives the boot load file the printer will automatically restart if the firmware load was successful If the load fails the printer will remain in boot load mode If the load fails reset the printer by removing the power and restarting it and then try again Note In this download mode the printer will only accept data on the serial port A second level loader described in more detail in the command section of the Epic 880 OEM Integration Manual supports the USB interface 100 88002 Rev B Note In rare cases it may be required to load the firmware twice The Epic 880 contains a flash file system The complete flash image is sometimes distributed as part of a firmware update If the file system image is not compatible with the previous firmware configuration the new firmware may need to reformat the file system If this occurs the firmware will have to be reloaded after the flash is reformatted The indications that this is happening will be an excessively long startup after a firmware update after which the printer will not print tickets are presented however only graphics are printed and fonts will be missing In
245. or by downloading it from the Internet consult the section On line Technical Support for further details Remote Boot Load The Epic 880 printer is equipped with a special boot loader feature that will allow field updates of the printer s firmware This loader is started by command and then a TransAct firmware load image is sent to the printer When the load image is successfully received by the remote boot loader the printer will automatically reset and operate with the updated code If the firmware update fails for any reason the printer will remain in Remote Boot load mode until a successful load is accomplished 100 88002 Rev B Field Configuration Feature A field configuration feature allows easy setup and configuration of your Epic 880 printer This feature provides a one time prompt on initial power up that lets you select from a number of configurations that are pre loaded for you at the factory This feature is an option and must be set up and activated by TransAct It stores a specified number of complete commonly used configurations in the printer together with a text description and configuration summary Using Field Configuration When the FEED button is pressed for over 6 seconds the printer will either enter field configuration mode or comprehensive configuration mode depending on whether the field configuration feature is present The initial print out will be as shown in Figure 7 There are x stored conf
246. osition This is based on the current sub page and the current rotation e Enter text or graphics f Go to step b to define additional sub pages or step c to change the orientation 2 Print the page Page Definition The ESC t command will start page definition and define the initial orientation An ESC t command during page definition will change the orientation and reset the entry location back to the top left corner of that orientation Receipt Inserted Form Initial entry i Nee location A gt gt gt gt gt m lt lt lt lt lt 0 Figure 24 Page Mode Entry Orientations 100 88002 Rev B The ESC u command sets the maximum page dimensions Note that these dimensions are always based on 0 degree rotation After this you can enter text and or graphics as required Auto cutter and page mode You may embed an auto cutter command with in a page definition The auto cut command may be placed anywhere in the page definition however it will be processed after the page is printed To prevent the cut from occurring in the page it will be preceded with a feed that will place the end of the page about 0 125 inches above the auto cut position Mechanism commands in page mode In general mechanism commands received during page mode will be processed if the result will not affect the printed result Stopping page mode definition The following operations will
247. pically AWG 18 is the minimum wire size provided the length is less than 3 ft 1 m 7 Make sure the power supply uses a low ESR capacitor of at least 2200uF and preferably larger in the output circuit 100 88002 Rev B Page 15 Page 16 8 When the printer prepares to print it will activate the print head power and charge a bulk capacitor attached to the print head This current spike can be up to 15 amps for up to 200uS depending on the charge state of the capacitor 9 Make sure the power supply specification includes any bezel current requirements 10 Consider that the frame ground and the 24V return are connected together in the printer 11 Use connectors in the power interconnect that are rated for the maximum average current Voltage Under all line load and environmental conditions 24VDC 8 5 Load Current OA min 1 87A continuous 3 5A continuous 1 minute maximum 8A peak load 23 38 duty cycle 2ms period 1A us slew rate 200 ms maximum NOTE This load current does not include the optional Bezel drive requirement Max Ripple 240mv p p Over current Protection Over voltage Protection 30V Output equipped with auto restart short circuit protection lt 7amps when tshort gt 10ms Table 1 Input Power Requirements 100 88002 Rev B Power connector Housing Molex 4 Position Mini Fit Jr p n 389 01 2040 Terminal 18 24 AWG Molex p n 59
248. port is used it is important that the output lines from the printer not be shorted or back driven If the signals are not to be used they should be left open The best time to configure the printer from the host using remote configuration is during system setup or software update What Drivers Are Needed Deciding what drivers are needed can be confusing This section is included to make that process easier Definitions First a few definitions OS Operating System Types of OS s are Windows 9x Me 4 0 2000 Linux Unix OS2 Application A software program that a person uses to do something i e a POS application Program Program and Application are used interchangeably Driver software that makes hardware do something i e something useful we hope A driver translates or converts a software command to a command that specific hardware can understand Types of drivers Printer driver Port driver OPOS driver USB driver OCX ActiveX a software component that utilizes Microsoft s OLE Object linking and embedding API Application Programming Interface In the generic sense The API refers to the Windows Operating system API Types of API s Windows API Visual Basic API Delphi API MFC API Do you want to use the standard USB printing device interface The printer can be configured to present itself as a standard printer class device This interface is specified by the USB standards committe
249. printer using whatever means is available to you amp UBLogo amp Begin defining macro Logo amp UGLogo amp End the Definition of Logo amp UMLogo amp Save Macro Logo to nonvolatile memory e Agraphic image named Logo should now be stored in the nonvolatile memory e To verify the image is present use the amp UQ amp IPCL command or the PJColor Color Image Converter to print the name and size of the stored images Recall and print stored named graphic image e Send the following text string to the printer using whatever means is available to you amp URLogo amp Run Macro Logo Print the macro Cautions Universal graphics information is stored in the same place as user defined characters and user defined macros If you are using an emulation such as ESC POS that supports macros and or user defined characters universal graphics will compete for space with these functions In addition the amp UFALL amp Erase universal graphics will also erase any user defined graphics and macros If you are using the TransAct PcOS emulation these commands are identical with the User Store commands except for the terminator character You may change the NUL terminator to amp with amp UT amp if you find the amp easier 100 88002 Rev B Universal Graphics Command Descriptions amp UB lt Name gt amp Begin named universal graphic record IPCL amp UB lt Name gt amp Description The amp UB lt Na
250. programmer some additional control over character spacing and line height the Accutherm Supreme provides a width and height override command The following table converts dots to CPI Characters Per Inch points and points and is useful in calculating point size settings a CPI 1 72 1 288 ee lt 200 7 2 100 88002 Rev B Font Size and Spacing command interactions There are interactions between some of the following commands and some of the legacy font selection commands These interactions need to be considered when developing a application for this printer This printer uses a font rendering engine that relies on the font to provide character size and spacing information Unfortunately legacy applications assume all characters are the same and that the character size and spacing is fixed To force the characters rendered by the font rendering engine to conform to legacy modes of operation some post generation processing is performed to reposition the characters into a fixed size cell The set minimum character height and width ESC P and ESC p the set character spacing ESC I ESC i ESC J and ESC j the set minimum line spacing ESC V and ESC v and the legacy font select and spacing commands all interact The set minimum character height and width ESC P and ESC p commands set character size but in two different ways In most systems a character point size refe
251. pter 4 Configuring Your Epic 88 Printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 37 This page intentionally left blank Page 38 100 88002 Rev B Configuration Mode Overview There are two ways to configure the Epic 88 printer the first is to use the manual configuration sequence by using the CONFIG and FEED key and the second is to use TransAct s remote configuration software TransAct Technologies offers the use of a remote CONFIG program as a fast easy way for system integrators to configure or reconfigure your Epic 880 printer To obtain more information or the latest version of the CONFIG program call TransAct s Sales Department or Technical Support o Most Frequent Configuration Incompatibilities e Emulation e RS 222 Serial Interface baud rate How to Change Configuration Settings Entering into Configuration Mode 1 Press the CONFIG button for approximately 4 seconds 2 Select configuration mode 3 Follow the printed instructions Press and hold the FEED button for the next option e Press and Release the FEED button to change the option e Power cycle to exit without changing e Press CONFIG to save and Exit After you enter Configuration Mode the printer will print the current configuration the current totals and the error logs if any Save this printout as a guide to changing the configuration lt s also useful in case you wish to return the printer to the previous configuration Each emulation may have di
252. put is required to provide high peak currents the circuitry within the power supply must maintain the logic voltage and the 24 volt supply will sag In some cased the high peak load will actually shut down the complete supply Thermal printing has specific power requirements to develop the thermal paper The Epic 880 printer monitors the incoming voltage and will increase its current requirements if the voltage is low The printer will adjust the print element burn time and that will resulting in increased average current requirements Input voltage ranges from about 20 to 27 volts be accommodated by the Epic 880 If the input voltage is outside the acceptable range the printer will issue a fault and will not function A suitable power supply for a thermal printer will provide a constant voltage over a wide range of loads with a low average current requirement Consider the following when selecting or designing a power supply for the Epic 880 1 It must be able to provide quick response to step loads 2 Current will range widely with peaks at least 4 times the average 3 Load requirements for the power supply are as shown in the table below 4 Consider a dedicated power supply for the printer 5 If the printer is expected to print dense graphics increase the average and continuous current requirements by at least 2596 6 Use power cables that are as short as possible and use adequate wire size based on the cable length Ty
253. r is an option If the sensor is not equipped the settings of bits 0 and 1 of the command are not effective Page 156 100 88002 Rev B Bit On Off Hexadecimal Decimal Function 0 Off 00H 0 Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 01H 1 Paper roll near end sensor enabled 1 Off 00H 0 Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 02H 2 Paper roll near end sensor enabled 2 Off 00H 0 Paper roll end sensor disabled On 04H 4 Paper roll end sensor enabled 3 Off 00H 0 Paper roll end sensor disabled On 08H 8 Paper roll end sensor enabled 4 7 Undefined Table 8 Paper Sensor Commands ESC z User Control of Bezel ASCII ESC z n Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 7AH n Decimal lt 27 gt 126 122 n IPCL amp BF EPOS none Description The ESC z lt n gt command sets a flash code into the bezel lamp control logic This code will override any current flash code and will be overridden by any internally generated flash code Flash codes lt n gt Return Bezel Light to normal state Flash 1 time and pause Flash 2 times and pause 8 Flash 8 times and pause 9 Faststeady blink 10 Slow steady blink 11 Active state Note The bezel logic may be set to default on or off for the inactive state If set to be on by default the flash will blink off 100 88002 Rev B Page 157 Page 158 ESC y Set control feature commands ASCII ESC y n Hexadecimal 1BH 79
254. r time two additional features may be activated pressing and holding the button for about two seconds will enter hex dump mode and holding the button for about 4 seconds will enter configuration mode To aid in selecting the correct mode the Error LED will illuminate as soon as the button is pressed and indicate that self test is selected After about 2 seconds the Error LED will go out and the PAPER indicator will illuminate indicating that hex dump is selected After about 4 seconds the Cover LED will illuminate indicating that configuration mode is selected 100 88002 Rev B simply select it The printer will automatically position the paper and adjust the sensors If the paper installed does not have black dot markings the Top of Form sensor will be adjusted based on the white level of the paper only Factory Test The printer is equipped with several factory test modes These test options are only used for factory burn in and testing Operation Continuous Operation Burn in Operation Rolling ASCII 100 88002 Rev B Page 29 Page 30 Level 0 Diagnostics Level 0 diagnostics are only run at power up e g when power is first applied These diagnostics perform the following tasks Power On 1 Basic System Integrity Vector Integrity RAM Test Flash Boot Loader Integrity Flash Firmware Integrity NOTE If the firmware is corrupted the printer will remain in boot load USB Controller Diagnostics and verify Start Normal F
255. receded with characters are comments 11 by 24 font with a base line at 22 F X is not used in Thermal Products W 11 H 24 B 22 F 0 N 0000 U 0000 NULL Du 03 Axa SE Sa ur au aves sr rus OF u LO y iay yuta i p gys p quA Mu redo vedi dete Shoes L4 Be ges kiere T5 167 22er i 3 JS Ya Za edness rains N 0001 U 0020 SPACE 100 88002 Rev B Page 199 Page 200 OZ PT Ua 03 OD sus sts 04 ss Rua 05 s sedes 06 SOS ses It T Lis 08 cssc O95 sias ouo LU 2005 sane TT 2 900 22 85 I2 00 2 2 5 23 x US eius PAs e A LG 2 200 455 IG YY es I8 mee eyes 19 wise 20 1 21 0000 22 40000 2 23S ueeYabeides 24 ig esate us EXCLAMINATION MARK QUOTATION MARK 100 88002 Rev B N 0004 U 0023 NUMBER SIGN 09 0000000 10 0000000 11 0000 00 L2 z 00 00 13 amp amp 14 00 0000 15 0000000 16 0000000 17 0000 00 Il8 00 900 19 52000 20 00 00 21 P E et us Z2 ees E The characters must be in sequential order and must be assigned Unicode character codes N 0001 is a sequence number in hex and is not used in controlling character generation or order U 0021
256. rint mode You may print normal barcodes in page mode which will provide for HRI and significantly longer barcodes 100 88002 Rev B Electronic Journal The Epic 880 has the capability to store electronic journal data in flash memory There are two ways entries can be made into the electronic journal The first is by selecting the journal station The second is by requesting that print data be placed into the electronic journal Before the electronic journal can be used it must be configured and initialized Configuring the Electronic Journal The Epic 880 has about 1024K bytes of flash that can be assigned to the electronic journal or to extended user store The 1024K is segmented in 64K segments which may be assigned to either to electronic journal or extended user store That is you can assign 2 segments or 128K to the electronic journal and the remaining segments will be assigned to extended user store When electronic journal is in use you cannot reconfigure the configuration of the extended flash memory If you want to reconfigure the flash the electronic journal must be erased To erase the electronic journal you must know the password that was assigned when it was initialized When printers are initially configured by TransAct the extended flash is erased and partitioned but not initialized Before you use the electronic journal you must initialize it CAUTION You can use the extended user store without initializing th
257. rovide some level of security on the erase process the erase function is password protected The password is set by the previous initialize command See the ESC GS l and E commands for further details There are two ways to print the electronic journal one is under host control and the second is by entering journal print mode and using the keypad to control the printout Journal Entries and using Journal Print Mode Journal print mode can be used to initialize print then erase the electronic journal To provide a level of security for the journal if the electronic journal is initialized under software control and a password is provided the electronic journal cannot be erased in journal print mode There is also a factory configured mode that completely disables this feature To enter Journal Print Mode 1 Press and hold the FEED Button until the PAPER indicator illuminates Approximately 2 seconds 2 Follow the directions printed on the receipt to select the desired option The available options are Initialize Journal If the electronic journal is not initialized Print Complete Journal Erase Complete Journal If the electronic journal is not password protected Print Last 20 Records Print First Record Skip 10 Records Back 10 Records Print Remaining Journal Print Last Record oo oO Pro S When journal print is entered the printer will print a short list of instructions the available options a summary of t
258. rs only to the line spacing and indirectly to the character height That is also true The vertical character height referenced in these commands refer to the character height including the white space between lines The horizontal character width is defined by the font Normally only the character height would be specified and the width would be defined by the font and that s how these commands work if the Width is defined as zero If the width is defined as zero this is used as a flag to the printer to generate characters as defined by the font and use the character width returned by the font In effect the vertical point size passed to the font rendering engine is the same as the horizontal value The added effect of the width being passed as zero is that any enforced horizontal spacing is disables IE the effect of the ESC I ESC i ESC J and ESC j commands are disabled If the width is not zero the ESC I ESC i ESC J and ESC j remain in effect and only the resulting character size is changed the horizontal spacing is not changed The legacy ESC n select the print mode effectively issues a set minimum character height and width command followed by a set character spacing command without effecting the pseudo fixed spacing flag The pseudo fixed spacing flag is a further complication required for dealing with fonts that are not truly fixed pitch In some cases a fixed pitch font will have more that one charact
259. s configured for parallel IEEE 1284 operation the HOST must initiate a reverse channel request to return the status Serial and USB Mode Inquire All inquire ENQ commands require a response from the printer During serial operation all inquire commands are responded to by an acknowledged ACK or not acknowledged NAK the command ID and in some cases status Most status responses sequences contain a length field to help decode and separate responses In general the printer should be configured for Buffer Full Only off line operation if inquire commands are used This prevents the printer from using flow control for anything but buffer full The programmer must take on the responsibility for assuring that inquire commands are used to maintain status of the printer The printer always accepts serial data even when it is off line The printer has reserve buffer space that allows additional information to be received even if the printer is signaling buffer full or off line Because inquire commands are processed before they go into the buffer the printer responds even when it is busy printing In serial mode the response to an inquiry should be received by the host before another inquire command is issued to the printer When the printer receives an inquiry it generates a response If inquiries are sent to the printer too quickly the printer spends all of its time responding and does not have time to print 100 88002 Rev B IEEE 1284 M
260. s to the currently selected font 100 88002 Rev B Page 103 Page 104 ESC E Begin emphasized print mode ASCII ESC E Hexadecimal 1BH 45H Decimal 27 69 IPCL amp MM EPOS I ESC E lt 1 gt Description The ESC E command begins emphasized print mode one pass with horizontal offset Emphasized print is bolder than normal print ESC F End emphasized print mode ASCII ESC F Hexadecimal 1BH 46H Decimal 27 70 IPCL amp CM EPOS ESC E 0 Description The ESC F command cancels emphasized print mode ESC S 0 Select superscript ASCII ESC S 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 53H 00H Decimal 27 83 0 IPCL amp SP EPOS none Description The ESC S 0 command selects superscript The following characters are printed half size on the upper side of the print line Note Superscript is not available in all print modes ESC S lt 1 gt Select subscript ASCII ESC S lt 1 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 53H 01H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 83 gt lt 1 gt IPCL amp SB EPOS none Description The ESC S lt 1 gt command selects subscript The following characters are printed half size on the bottom side of the print line Note Superscript is not available in all print modes 100 88002 Rev B ESC T End superscript or subscript ASCII ESC T Hexadecimal 1BH 54H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 84 gt IPCL amp SE EPOS none Description The ESC T command ends superscript or subscript
261. sable the inquire process These commands are not processed as they are received but are buffered then processed The buffering process allows inquire commands sent after a disable to be answered In addition inquires sent after an enable may not be answered See additional notes 3 and 4 on the next page Note 4 In EPOS mode the ESC y command is active 100 88002 Rev B ESC Extended Configuration and Control ASCII ESC n Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH n Decimal 27 126 n IPCL none EPOS ESC n Description The ESC n commands are extended diagnostics commands They must all be preceded with an enabling command These commands in general are not intended to be used by the end user 100 88002 Rev B Page 159 Page 160 Remote Power Control The Epic 880 Printer has a remote power control command that instructs it to enter OFF mode When the command is issued the printer performs print cartridge maintenance and enters OFF mode Unlike manually turning the power off remote power mode leaves the communications active All commands except the exit power down command are ignored ESC y Remote Power Control ASCII ESC y n Hexadecimal 1BH 79H n Decimal lt 27 gt 121 n IPCL amp 96YX17 or amp 96YX18 EPOS n Wheren 17 Requests the printer to enter remote OFF 18 Requests the printer to exit remote OFF Description Inquiry ENQ commands are accepted and an
262. se ACK 3 06H 03H paperis present 3 15H 03H paper is low 100 88002 Rev B Page 163 Page 164 ENQ 4 Inquire receipt paper out status ASCII ENQ 4 Hexadecimal 05H 04H Decimal 5 lt 4 gt Function Receipt paper exhausted Response ACK 4 06H 04H Receipt paper is present NAK 4 15H 04H Receipt paper is exhausted ENQ 8 Inquire cover open status ASCII ENQ 8 Hexadecimal 05H 08H Decimal 5 8 Function Cover open closed status Response ACK 8 06H 08H The cover is closed NAK 8 15H 08H The cover is open ENQ 9 Is the buffer empty ASCII ENQ 9 Hexadecimal 05H 09H Decimal 5 9 Function The ENQ 9 command allows the host to know when the print buffer is empty If IEEE 1284 is active the command also clears the response buffer Response ACK 9 06H 09H The buffer is empty NAK 9 15H 09H The buffer is not empty ENQ 10 Request printer reset ASCII ENQ 10 Hexadecimal 05H 0AH Decimal 5 10 Function Reset printer Response Serial Parallel ACK lt 10 gt 06H OAH No response The command was accepted NAK lt 10 gt 15H OAH The command was rejected Description The ENQ lt 10 gt EPOS DLE ENQ lt n gt commands and the INIT pin all have the same effect and are referred to as reset commands To prevent data loss the printer tries to finish printing the buffered data When operator intervention w
263. sent or the CRC is incorrect None CR LF will be returned Function Checks and starts the operating firmware ASCII STX X Hexadecimal 02H58H Decimal 2 88 Description Checks the CRC of the operating firmware and starts normal operation if correct This command does not return any information There are numerous other commands involved in performing the actual firmware update whose details are beyond the scope of this document To perform a flash update simply send the file provided to you by Transact unaltered and the firmware will be updated To allow easy access to the field loader the power button may be used to switch between the factory loader and the field loader and from the field loader and normal operation When this procedure is used with a serial adapter the Baud rate will default to 19200 and the Protocol will be both XON XOFF and Ready Busy Note 1 Do not attempt any other commands in field loader mode You may experience unexpected and undesirable results Note 2 If for any reason the field loader is corrupt the factory boot loader must be used to replace it 100 88002 Rev B Chapter 9 Epic 880 Color Graphics 100 88002 Rev B Page 179 This page intentionally left blank Page 180 100 88002 Rev B Printing Graphics The Epic 880 Printer has bit image graphic capability and a full PC compatible character graphic set The bit image format is similar to that used on other personal computer prin
264. setting only the Paper Out sensor stops printing When the paper roll near end sensor is enabled and the sensor detects a near end condition during printing the printer completes the current line and then automatically goes off line Replacing a new paper roll restarts the printing When the paper roll near end sensor is disabled and a paper near end condition is detected during printing the paper out LED comes on but the printer continues to print Note The Epic 880 printer does not allow the Paper Out sensor to be disabled It is always on n is defined as follows Bit On Off Hexadecimal Decimal Function 0 1 Off 00H 0 Paper roll near end sensor disabled On 01H 02H 03H lt 1 gt lt 2 gt lt 3 gt Paper roll near end sensor enabled 7 00H 0 Undefined Table 7 Paper Sensor Commands ESC p 3 Select paper sensor s to output paper end signals ASCII ESC p 3 n Hexadecimal 1BH 70H 33H n Decimal 27 112 51 n Range lt lt 255 Description The ESC p 3 n command selects the paper sensor that outputs a paper end signal to the parallel interface when a paper end is detected The default setting is when all sensors are enabled lt n gt 15 Itis possible to select multiple sensors to output signals If any of the sensors detect a paper end the paper end signal is output The command is only available with a parallel interface The paper end senso
265. stom graphic and custom macros A file system interface is provided for this system where the host application may download files In addition TransAct Technologies provides a file loading tool that runs on Windows based systems To allow flexible and easy support for all kinds of fonts fonts are stored in the Epic 880 printer as a standard font file These files are typically not visible to the user however TransAct Technologies provides a support tool that will allow the user to load their own font directly from Windows and change the way fonts are printed It is also possible for the host application to load fonts into the printer The printer can contain up to 99 unique and selectable fonts Any font may be selected at any time In addition up to 8 fonts may be linked or stacked together Some standard character size and character pitch commands are supported as legacy commands The appearance of the print using those commands has been optimized using the TransAct WGL4 font If you elect to use your own font or the GB18030 font you may wish to use the scalable font control commands to select the character size and spacing rather than the legacy commands 100 88002 Rev B Page 197 TransAct Technologies provides a basic WGL4 font with the printer This may be supplemented or replaced with a GB18030 Chinese font upon request The printer will accept TrueType and compressed stroke fonts as defined by Monotype f required the customer m
266. stop a page mode definition 1 ESC Printer initialize command 2 Real time reset request ENQ lt 10 gt 3 Turning the printer off Printing the page The FF command starts the printing process Printing starts at the current paper position The complete page definition is printed excluding any blank information at the bottom of the page If the FF command is used to print the page the memory used to store the page image is not maintained and is released to be used by other functions Function Select page mode ASCII ESC t lt x gt or ESC SUB t Hexadecimal 1BH 74H lt x gt or 1BH 1AH 74H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 116 gt lt gt or lt 27 gt lt 26 gt lt 116 gt IPCL amp lt gt EPOS ESC L Description This command activates page mode and sets the orientation This command may also be issued during page definition When issued in page mode it resets the orientation and entry position but does not cause the currently defined image to be erased or printed Where x 0 for standard orientation Direction A X 1 for 270 Rotation Direction B x 2 for 180 Rotation Direction C x 3 for 90 Rotation Direction D 100 88002 Rev B Page 107 Receipt or Inserted Form Initial entry location B gt gt gt gt gt l l l l l l l l l lt lt lt lt lt 0 l l 1 l l l l l l l 1 Note 1 This command saves the current right and left margin and se
267. swered in remote power down mode The printer reactivates if a power up command is received or the power is cycled Note 1 If power is lost after the power down command is issued the printer will reenter normal operation when the power is restored Note 2 This command is not available in all configurations mode 100 88002 Rev B Documented Extended Control commands The Epic 880 has a number of Extended Control commands designed to make operation and maintenance of the printer easier for the host application For further details refer to the TransAct Extended Control discussion in Chapter 8 ESC V Return Firmware Checksum ASCII ESC Z Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 5AH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 126 gt 90 IPCL none EPOS ESC 7 4 Description The ESC Z command is an extended diagnostics command that returns the Firmware checksum It does not need to be proceeded with an enabling command The return is 4 bytes formatted as follows Z lt CKy gt lt CK gt ESC F Return Firmware Identification ASCII ESC F Hexadecimal 1BH 7EH 46H Decimal 27 126 69 IPCL none EPOS ESC F Description The ESC F command is an extended diagnostics command that returns the Firmware Identification string It does not need to be proceeded with an enabling command The return is 14 byte null terminated string containing a 2 byte command ID and a 12 byte firmware ID and revision number The format is as follows
268. sword 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 45H Password 0x00 Decimal 27 lt 29 gt lt 50 gt Password 0 IPCL amp EC lt Password gt amp EPOS Description This command erases all of the electronic journal The password was set using the ESC GS l command Note The electronic journal can not be deleted without this password 100 88002 Rev B Function Print the Electronic Journal ASCII ESC GS P S gt lt S gt lt gt lt gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 50H lt S gt lt Sy gt lt Lo Decimal 27 lt 29 gt lt 80 gt lt 5 gt lt Sy gt lt Lu IPCL amp EP S lt L gt L and S are 4 digits ie 00100020 for 20 records starting at 10 EPOS Description This command prints all or part of the electronic journal lt S gt 256 lt S gt specifies the first record to be printed and lt L gt 256 lt L gt specifies the number of records to print If lt L gt 256 lt L gt are 0 records from the specified start to the last record are printed Setting both start and end to 0 will print the complete contents of the electronic journal Note The first record is identified as record 1 Function Report the Electronic Journal ASCII ESC GS R lt S gt lt S gt lt gt lt L gt Hexadecimal 1BH 1DH 52H lt 5 gt lt Sj L gt lt gt Decimal 27 lt 29 gt lt 82 gt lt gt lt Sy L gt lt Lo IPCL amp EQ S lt L gt L and S are 4 digits ie 00100020 for
269. t 1 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 01H Decimal lt 27 gt 85 1 IPCL amp GU EPOS ESC U lt 1 gt Description The ESC U lt 1 gt is a legacy command used in impact printers to provide better graphics It forces the printer to print all data in unidirectional print mode to improve line to line registration for graphical data This command has no effect in this printer ESC U 0 Select bidirectional print ASCII ESC U 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 55H 00H Decimal 27 85 0 IPCL amp GB EPOS ESC U lt 0 gt Description The ESC U 0 command prints all data in bi directional logic seeking print mode This command has no effect in this printer 100 88002 Rev B Page 117 Page 118 Horizontal Color Graphics The Epic 880 Printer supports monochrome and color graphics sent as horizontal scan lines Individual scan lines of graphic data are sent to the printer one line at a time The Epic 880 Printer supports only two color printing however the horizontal graphic command interface gives full color support for printer graphics Full color support is provided to establish a full color standard for future printers Color data is sent in one of three color planes Typically a red plane or scan line is sent then green and blue The sequence of lines defines one row of dots that is printed on the paper The horizontal graphic commands do not include resolution information Therefore atleast once before sending gr
270. t and zero represents a white dot Note 2 More than one color may be set at a time for example setting the color to six would set green and blue simultaneously ESC Set horizontal graphic mode ASCII ESC lt m gt 0 0 Hexadecimal 1BH 2AH lt m gt 0 0 Decimal lt 27 gt 42 lt m gt 0 0 IPCL none Description The ESC m 0 0 command selects one of the three graphic modes specified by m The two bytes after the mode must be zero Where m 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 Standard Graphic Modes See ESC command documentation previous section Mode Resolution 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 Standard Graphic Modes See ESC command documentation in previous section 8 9 Not supported 10 102 x 102 dpi 11 203 x 102 dpi 12 102 x 203 dpi 13 203 x 203 dpi 15 16 Not supported Note 1 Only modes 10 thorough 13 should be selected for horizontal graphics Example Command Comment ESC 10 0 0 Set resolution to 102x102 dpi ESC h 1 9 0 eight data bytes Send 8 bytes red pixels ESC h 2 9 0 eight data bytes Send 8 bytes green pixels ESC h 3 9 0 eight data bytes Send 8 bytes blue pixels LF Send ine feed to force print of any buffered data not yet printed 100 88002 Rev B Page 119 Page 120 Graphics Compression Although the printer compression algorithms are documented it is recommended that our Windo
271. t h gt 1BH 50H none 215 and Width in points Select Minimum character Height ESC p lt w gt lt h gt 1BH 70H none 216 and Width in 74 points Begin 12 x 12 draft print ESC 0 1BH 23H 00H amp QT 93 Set print size legacy mode ESC lt n gt 1BH 49H amp QT n 0 93 n 0 Draft 12 x 12 amp QU 1 n 1 Large draft 12 x 14 amp QL n 2 n 2 NLQ 24 x 16 amp QS n 3 n 3 NLQ 24 x 16 n 4 7 Repeats 0 3 Select character code page ASCII ESC n n 1BH 5BH 54H amp 96CP m 97 Mode only lt m gt ms m Select Codepage by name ASCII ESC C 1BH 2BH 43H None 98 Mode only 100 88002 Rev B Page 71 Description IPCL equivalent code Page Insert Euro character ESC C lt n gt 1BH 5BH 43H amp EU 98 Print control character ESC n 1BH 5EH amp CC m 98 lt m gt ma Print Unicode character ESC n n4 1BH 22H amp PU m 98 lt m gt ms m m4 Character Attributes Select color ESC c lt n gt 1BH 63H amp CL m4 100 Begin one line double wide print SO OEH amp MW 100 Cancel one line double wide print DC4 14H amp MN 100 Multi line double wide double high ESC W lt n gt 1BH 57H amp FS n O 101 mode amp FD n 1 n 0 Standard mode amp FH 3 n 1 Double wide n 2 Double high 3 Both
272. t n gt 1BH 19H 42H amp BH 139 n 0 Restore defaults lt mi gt lt m gt gt n 1 9 Number of passes 0 11 inch per pass Set bar code width ESC EM W lt n gt 1BH 19H 57H amp BW m 140 Set bar code justification HRI print ESC EM J n 1BH 19H amp eBJ m 139 mode and print direction mo Electronic Journal Electronic journal initialize and set ESC GS I 1BH 1DH 49H 9o amp EI 142 password Password 0 Electronic journal erase the ESC GS E 1BH 1DH 45H amp EC 142 electronic journal Password 0 Print the electronic journal ESC GS P lt S gt 1BH 1DH 50H amp EP 143 S L gt lt gt Report the electronic journal ESC GS R S gt lt 1BH 1DH 52H amp EQ 143 Sp gt lt L gt lt gt Electronic journal begin entry ESC lt 3 gt 1BH 6CH amp EB 150 Electronic journal suspend entry ESC I 2 1BH 6CH amp ES 151 Electronic journal resume entry ESC lt 1 gt 1BH 6CH amp ER 151 Electronic journal end entry ESC I lt 0 gt 1BH 6CH amp EE 151 Electronic journal mode begin ESC 1BH 7BH None 150 journal station Unicode Initiate Unicode UTF 16BE ESC H 1BH 2BH 48H none 207 encoding Initiate Unicode UTF 16LE ESC L 1BH 2BH 4CH none 207 encoding Initiate Unicode UTF 8 encoding ESC M 1BH 2BH 4DH none 208 MBCS Initiate Unicode UTF 8 Text only ESC T 1BH 2BH 54H none 208 encoding MBCS Initiate normal 8 bit ASCII character ESC
273. t point after Unused page area bottom of page is not printed definition Figure 27 Defined Page mode printed area 100 88002 Rev B Page 111 Function Set Print Area in Page Mode Legacy Support Command ASCII ESC u O O2 W Wu H 7 Hu Hexadecimal 1BH 75H Oj O 5 W W Hi Hu Decimal lt 27 gt lt 117 gt lt O gt lt Oy gt lt W_ gt lt Wy gt lt Hj Hu IPCL amp PS lt 0000 gt lt WWWW gt lt HHHH gt EPOS ESC W Description This command Sets the position and size of the printing initial area in page mode and sub pages Where lt O gt lt Oy gt the y direction offset Default 0 lt W_ gt lt W gt the width in dots Default 576 lt H_ gt lt H gt the height in dots Default 3000 This command should always be sent before or immediately after page mode is entered to define the initial page size Once in page mode after the ESC t command the command can be sent multiple times so that several different print areas aligned in different print directions can be developed in the printer s page buffer before being printed using the Print Page Mode commands FF or ESC FF The starting position of the print area is the upper left of the area to be printed The offset is in the x direction and is O dots The length of the area to be printed in the y direction is set to H dots The length of the area to be printed in the x direction is set to W dots Note that the Y offset is always
274. t to the receipt or validation station to be copied into the electronic journal An electronic journal entry is started with a Start Carbon Copy mode command and continues until a station select command is received or a Stop Carbon Copy command is received The carbon copy operation may be suspended and restarted by a Carbon Copy Suspend and Carbon Copy Resume command Note Carbon Copy Suspend and Carbon Copy Resume commands do not generate new electronic journal records Function Electronic Carbon Copy Begin ASCII ESC l lt 3 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH lt 3 gt Decimal 27 lt 108 gt lt 3 gt IPCL amp EB EPOS Description This command begins a carbon copy journal entry Function Electronic Carbon Copy Suspend ASCII ESC I lt 2 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH lt 2 gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 108 gt lt 2 gt IPCL amp ES EPOS Description This command temporarily suspends carbon copy journal entry Function Electronic Carbon Copy Resume ASCII ESC I 1 Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH 1 Decimal lt 27 gt lt 108 gt lt 1 gt IPCL amp ER EPOS Description This command resumes a temporarily suspended carbon copy journal entry Function Electronic Carbon Copy End ASCII ESC I lt 0 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 6CH lt 0 gt Decimal lt 27 gt lt 108 gt lt 0 gt IPCL amp EE EPOS Description This command ends a carbon copy journal entry 100 88002 Rev B Page 151 Page 152 Transport Control The Epic 880
275. talic print mode Where k bits k 76543210 XXXX Italic control 0 0000 No change 1 0001 Italics On 2 0010 Italics Off Where n bits n 76543210 Onnn Height multiplier Maximum 4 0 0000 No change XXXX Line spacing 0 0000 No change Where m bits m 76543210 Onnn Width multiplier Maximum 4 0 0000 No change Note The maximum height and width multiplier is four 100 88002 Rev B ESC Begin underline ASCII ESC lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 2DH 01H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 45 gt n IPCL amp MU Begin IPCL amp CU End EPOS ESC lt n gt Description The ESC 1 command begins underline print mode All subsequent text leading spaces and trailing spaces are underlined ESC 0 ends the mode Note In EPOS mode ESC n performs a similar function however near letter quality NLQ is not available ESC Begin enhanced print ASCII ESC G Hexadecimal 1BH 47H Decimal 27 71 IPCL amp ME EPOS ESC G lt 1 gt Description All subsequent text is printed in enhanced print mode two passes with a vertical offset Enhanced printing provides a deeper resolution of each character and may enhance multiple part forms printing ESC enhanced print mode ASCII ESC H Hexadecimal 1BH 48H Decimal lt 27 gt lt 72 gt IPCL amp CE EPOS ESC G lt 0 gt Description The ESC H command cancels enhanced print mode and return
276. ted by command if f 4 then v sets the auto retract timeout in seconds If v 0 the auto retract is off This value remains in affect until changed by this command or the printer is reset A printer reset will load the configured timeout Function Deliver Ticket ASCII ESC k Hexadecimal 1BH 6BH Decimal lt 27 gt lt 107 gt Description This command will deliver a previously cut ticket This command requires that the Cut Transport mode be set to cut only Function Transport Feed ASCII ESC j n Hexadecimal 1BH 6AH n Decimal 27 106 n Description This command feeds the transport independently of the print paper feed This command may be used to drop a previously held ticket or clear the transport on error This feed is based on the current vertical motion unit which is typically 203 steps per inch 100 88002 Rev B Function Transport Ticket Retract ASCII ESC m Hexadecimal 1BH 6DH Decimal 27 109 Description This command retracts the ticket being presented in the transport 100 88002 Rev B Page 153 Miscellaneous Control ESC X Set left right print margins ASCII ESC X ni lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH 58H n n Decimal lt 27 gt 88 n4 n IPCL none EPOS ESC Q Description The ESC X n1 n2 command sets left and right print margins in characters from the home position Where n left margin and n right margin the absolute position depends on
277. ter supports the ability to print bar codes The printer offers a number of formats as defined below The host does not need to form the graphic image for these bar codes The host need only send the printer the information to be bar coded and a graphic is generated by the printer In some cases a check character is required by the format In most cases the printer generates the check character and inserts it correctly in the format The printer uses internal graphic modes to form bar code images and the images are adjusted for ink bleed In general the bar codes generated by sending graphic data to the printer are not as readable as the bar codes the printer generates Bar codes are printed at a 203 x 203 resolution Barcodes may be printed horizontally or vertically When printed vertically the length of the barcode can be greater i e more characters can be printed You can not print human readable interpretation HRI characters in vertical mode It is generally better to print vertical barcodes by printing horizontal barcodes in page mode rotated 90 or 270 You can then mix HRI and other text with the barcodes Function Print bar code ASCII ESC b n information E TX Hexadecimal 1BH 62H n 03H Decimal 27 98 n 3 IPCL amp 9625 CR Interleaved 2 of 5 amp 9639 CR Code 39 amp 9612 CR Code 128 amp 28 m m Code 128 allows a two character length preceding the informa
278. ters Character Graphics Character graphics is the term for joining individual characters together to produce a mosaic of characters that form a graphic image The simplest method uses an or any other character to form an image For example TransAct s printer brand of Ithaca might be formed as follows kkk x kkk k k KKKKK xxx Figure 31 Example of Character Graphics The extended character set of the printer supports line graphic characters that can be combined to form windows and other shapes For the shapes to join from line to line the spacing must be set properly 100 88002 Rev B Page 181 Page 182 APA Graphics The printer is capable of all points addressable APA or horizontal graphics This type of graphics is very popular in impact printers To provide compatibility with legacy applications The Epic 880 supports several APA graphics modes Generating a graphic image by hand is time consuming and tedious It is recommended that a graphic package be used to create a graphic image The following procedure will help with the setup Procedure for APA graphics 1 Generate the graphic image in the program of your choice APA graphics only support monochrome images 2 Make sure the paper size chosen fits the printer 3 inches wide with 0 25 inch margins If the paper size cannot be set print a portion of the pa
279. ters are not necessarily exactly the dot size indicated but are always spaced in a fixed dot cell provided that the legacy commands are used Adding or subtracting space between characters achieves different character pitches with a fixed character cell size As each dot has a fixed size and position only specific pitches are possible The following table defines the fonts and pitches possible with each Character Cell H x W Horizontal Width 10x24 Font WxH 10 Dots 0 0493 inches 13x24 Font WxH 13 Dots 0 0640 inches 15x24 Font WxH 15 Dots 0 0739 inches Vertical Height 24 Dots 0 118 Inches 24 Dots 0 118 Inches 24 Dots 0 118 Inches 5 dot Removed 40 60 25 38 20 30 4 dot Removed 3 dot Removed 2 dot Removed 1 dot Removed 0 dot added 1 dot added 2 dots added 3 dots added 4 dots added 5 dots added 6 dots added NOTE Combinations shown in shaded areas are not recommended Table 9 Possible Character Pitches Character spacing may also be selected by requesting a print pitch based on characters pre inch Once again the results are not exact in this case The following table lists the resulting spacing based on a given CPI request Requested CPI Character Width Resulting CPI Requested CPI Character Width Resulting CPI NEMO v hh o5 50 4 06 20 30 ooo SN l s SEE um STIS 3 6 15 2 22 56 3 2 ERO ae ee eee eS Sees EEUU
280. this case it is important that the reformat be allowed to complete as it can take up to 30 seconds to reformat the entire flash system Printer Status LED s The Epic 880 printer has four indicator lights to indicate various operating states of the printer In general these are Fault Cover Open Paper Status and Ready The printer may be in normal operation self test or in one of two boot load modes The Ready and Fault indicators will indicate which mode by a unique blink pattern TransAct Boot Load Mode In TransAct Boot Load Mode the power LED will blink slowly with a 5096 duty cycle It will repeat this cycle about every 2 seconds 1 Sec on 1 Sec off There will be a red indication on the Error LED indicator until the down load is started Self Test Mode When the printer is in Self Test Mode the power indicator will blink slowly with a 5096 duty cycle at a 2 second rate This is very similar to TransAct Boot Load Mode however the red error indicator will not be present Normal Operation During Normal operation the Power LED will remain on unless an error is being indicated There are two classes of errors soft errors and hard errors Soft errors are recoverable without power cycling the printer conversely recovering from hard errors requires removing the power from the printer correcting the problem and then reapplying power Status LED response Power On Printer Ready Ready LED on Not Blinking Paper Low Paper LED
281. tion amp UP CR UPC A amp UE CR UPCE amp 96EA CR EAN 13 amp 96E8 CR EAN 8 amp 9693 CR Code 93 amp CB CR Codabar EPOS ESC b lt n gt or GS k lt n gt Description The ESC b lt n gt information ETX command prints information as a bar code The bar code is centered on the print zone Where n 0 Interleaved 2 of 5 Numeric 0 9 only must be even number of digits 1 Code 39 26 uppercase letters A Z 10 digits 0 9 See description for full 128 character set support 2 Code 128 See description for character set selection 3 UPCA Numeric 0 9 only 11 digits 4 EAN 13 Numeric 0 9 only 12 digits 5 UPCE Numeric 0 9 only 11 digits 6 EAN 8 Numeric 0 9 only 7 digits 7 Code 93 26 letters 10 digits 0 9 and 7 special characters 8 Codabar 10 digits 0 9 4 start stop characters A B C and D and 6 special characters 9 PDF 417 2D alpha Numeric See notes below 12 EAN 14 Numeric 0 9 only 14 digits 100 88002 Rev B Page 131 Page 132 Note You may print barcodes in page mode If you rotate these barcodes 90 or 180 you can get significantly longer barcodes Interleaved 2 of 5 Interleaved 2 of 5 is a high density self checking continuous numeric bar code It is mainly used where fixed length numeric fields are required The data field must be an even number of characters If an odd data field is sent to the Epic 880 printer it will be zero padded Due to space
282. tion Setting 78 Horizontal Tab 77 Horizontal tab Stops Setting 77 IEEE 1284 buffer Clearing 164 Indicator Lights 25 Initialize the Printer 155 Inquire Commands 163 Intercharacter Spacing Setting 92 International Character Set Selecting 81 88 89 97 98 152 153 189 206 207 208 209 213 214 215 216 221 222 223 224 225 226 IPCL Codes 68 Justification Setting 78 Level 0 diagnostics 30 Line feed 76 Line Feed Performing 79 Line Spacing Enabling 80 Line Spacing Feeding Lines 82 Line Spacing Set at 2 16 inch and 7 72 inch 80 Line Spacing Set 1 8 inch 79 Line Spacing Set n 216 inch 79 Line Spacing Variable Setting 80 M Machanical Error Status Inquire 165 Macro Data Run from user Store 126 Macro Data Saving 123 Macro Data Saving in user Store 125 Macro Record Beginning 123 Macro Record Ending 125 Macro Record Ending name 123 Macro Record Start 129 Macro Record Starting 125 177 178 Macro Record Stop 129 Macro Record Stop and Save 129 Macro Flag on Startup 126 Multiline Mode 101 208 O Off line active 233 One Line Double Wide Print Beginning 100 One Line Double Wide Print Canceling 100 Operational Procedures 25 Output Paper end Signals Selecting Paper Sensors 156 Overview 3 Paper Motion 76 Paper Out Status Inquire 164 Paper Sensors Selecting to Stop Printing 156 PcOS Control Codes 68 PcOS Quick Reference Chart
283. tly stored in the printer amp UTx Changes the Name termination character from amp to x x may range from 21H to 255H 100 88002 Rev B Page 185 Page 186 Note The amp used to flag the end of the Name string is not valid in PCOS TransAct emulation mode You should use 0 or define the terminator with the amp UTx command The extended escape sequences ESC US and ESC FS The ESC US commands are the same as the PcOS emulation The ESC FS commands are not intended to be used by the customer They provide the universal graphics support since graphics would be very difficult to generate and are not supported by any graphics drives other than PJColor How to use IPCL commands in text strings If your software allows you to pass text strings to the printer you should be able to use the universal graphics commands Most POS software allows user customization of the text message printed at the beginning and the end of the receipt To use the Universal IPCL commands simply place them in a text string like the following example note that your results may vary depending on the operation system software and the ability to pass ASCII Characters Load and store named graphic image e First you must create the graphic image using the PJColor Color Image Converter and save the image to a file See the section Generate a file to store graphics into a printer above e Send the following text strings to the
284. to line feed command overrides the configuration setting 100 88002 Rev B Page 85 Page 86 Feed to Black Dot Epic 880 printers are available with an optional black dot sensor supported by a feed to black dot command as well as an additional function to adjust the width and offset of the black dot Note This is a special order option and requires an additional sensor and modified firmware It is not possible to field retrofit a standard Epic 880 with a black dot sensor Function Feed to Black Dot ASCII ESC VT lt n gt Hexadecimal 1BH OBH n Decimal lt 27 gt lt 11 gt lt gt IPCL None EPOS GS VT n Wheren lt n gt is the number of inches to feed while looking for the black marker Description The ESC VT command performs feeds the paper until the black dot is positioned as configured This command keeps track of the location of the black dot and will feed paper until the black dot is positioned as configured There are three configurable Black Dot parameters The Dot Width and the Offset may be adjusted to operate with a specific paper The Calibration is preset and should not be changed Function Adjusting the width and offset of the Black Dot ASCII ESC Wnl nh m Hexadecimal 1B 7E 57 nl nh m Decimal 27 12687nlnh m Where n The offset adjustment of the Black dot in n 203 inches where n nl 256 nh Default is 304 or 1 5 inches Values greater than 368 will set n to 368 M The Width of the
285. tore ASCII ESC US q 07 Print a user store report Or ESC US 0 Return a formatted user store report Hexadecimal 1BH 1FH 71H Decimal 27 31 lt 113 gt IPCL amp 96UQ Name 0 EPOS GS 3 Description The ESC US q Name 0 command prints a status report The file name is ignored and may be omitted The NUL must be present The intention of the command is to aid in macro development 100 88002 Rev B Page 127 Page 128 The terminating 0 may be replaced with an amp or redefined See ESC EM T lt n gt or amp UT lt n gt on page 128 Note The report is also printed as part of the configuration report Function Redefine User Store Termination Character ASCII ESC EM T n Hexadecimal 1BH 19H 54H n Decimal 27 25 84 n IPCL amp 96UT n EPOS None Description This command allows the terminator used to signal the end of the name field in User Store commands to be modified The value of n is used in addition to the lt 0 gt for the terminator The value of n may be from 0 to 255 The default value for the second terminator is amp If this command redefines the terminator to something other than amp the amp will no longer function Example If amp UT were sent to the printer the user store command to run macro Demo would be amp URDemo 100 88002 Rev B Legacy User Macros The following commands are provided for legacy support
286. ts them to the maximum values for the orientation currently defined Note 2 During page mode definition almost all printer commands are active The following table lists the exceptions Command Active Action Cash drawer Yes Immediate action commands Bell command Yes Immediate action Auto cut Delay The printer will perform a feed to cut and then operate the auto commands ed cutter after the page is printed The cut command may be anywhere in the definition If the page is printed twice the Auto cut command must be reissued after the first print to generate additional cuts Electronic journal No This command is like a station select and is not active You station select cannot store page mode images in the electronic journal A page mode command in journal station mode will exit journal mode Electronic journal Yes You can make journal entries as part of a page description entries They are saved as text and not part of the page Status requests Yes The status is returned during definition Printer initialize Yes Cancels page mode definition and returns the printer to command standard mode Set top of form No You must set the top of form outside of page mode The form position is maintained after the page is printed Vertical tab No The definition of a vertical tab is ambiguous in page mode and is ignored Macro definitions No You can not define or delete a macro while in page mode You
287. tton will attempt to rewrite the configuration information This may leave the printer configured incorrectly EEPROM WRITE ERROR Power up down and Configuration only The Internal EEPROM is defective There is no recovery SOFTWARE ERROR VECTOR Can occur at any time These errors can occur during operation They signal a serious problem with the system In most cases this error will also generate a Watch Dog reset A power cycle will generally recover normal printer operation An ESD event or a firmware bug generally causes these errors The printer maintains an error log this log contains additional information about the fault and is printed during manual configuration The information in this log should be reported to TransAct to identify the exact cause of the fault USERSTORE FORMAT ERROR Power up or User Store Write Operations The User Store data in FLASH has an invalid format Pressing the Power Button will erase the user store and reformat it This can be caused by a firmware update FLASH WRITE ERROR Power up or User Store Write Operation The Program Flash has failed There is no recovery from this error COM ADAPTER ERROR Power up only The communications interface card is not supported by the firmware or is missing There is no recovery 100 88002 Rev B Page 237 Chapter 13 Epic 880 Programmers Notes 100 88002 Rev B Page 239 This page intentionally left blank Page 240 100 88002 Rev B General Notes When the serial
288. tus back ESC EM P n 1BH 19H 50H none 176 Control Periodic Status back ESC EM p n 1BH 19H 70H none 176 User control of Bezel lamp ESC z 1BH 7EH amp BF 157 7AH Extended Diagnostics Set control feature commands ESC y lt n gt 1BH 79H amp YO 9 or 158 amp YX lt m1 gt lt m2 gt lt m3 gt for numbers gt 9 Extended diagnostics ESC lt n gt 1BH 7EH none 159 Return Firmware Checksum ESC Z 1BH 7EH 5AH none 161 Return Firmware ID ESC F 1BH 7EH 46H none 161 Verify File System and Firmware ESC RS V 1BH 1EH 56H none 226 Enter Remote Down load ESC 14 96 1BH 7EH none 234 OEH 25H 100 88002 Rev B Page 75 Page 76 Low Level Paper Motion Control Print Paper Motion CR Carriage return ASCII CR Hexadecimal ODH Decimal lt 13 gt IPCL amp 96CR EPOS Description The CR command prints the contents of the print buffer if any and resets the next character print position to the left margin A line feed is not performed unless auto feed is active The print rotation direction and the left margin command define the left margin LF Line feed ASCII LF Hexadecimal OAH Decimal lt 10 gt IPCL amp LF EPOS OAH Description The LF command prints the contents of the buffer if any and advances paper one line at the current default line spacing The next character print position is not reset to the left margin unless auto CR is active 100 88002 Rev B Horizontal Mot
289. uire Receipt Paper Low 163 Superscript and Subscript 105 Tab Stops Resetting 78 83 Page 270 Technical Support 5 Testing the Printer 29 Top of Form Setting 84 U Underline Beginning 101 103 Unidirectional Printing Beginning 117 User macros 129 User store 122 User Store Status Inquire 170 171 172 173 174 235 236 User Store Delete item 127 User Store Flush Information 124 User Store Load item 126 User Store Loading item 124 User Store Removing Item 124 User Store Report 127 User Store Reporting 124 Vertical Tab 82 Vertical Tab Stops Setting 83 100 88002 Rev B
290. un at startup If a flag is set the printer will automatically process the macro at initialization Programming Considerations The flash nonvolatile memory has a limited number of write cycle operations Consequently the number of saves should be limited The buffer should not be saved on a transaction by transaction basis but rather a maximum of once per day The buffer is initially about 16K bytes long All commands and print data are placed in the buffer and must be included in the size limits The printer does not indicate when the buffer is full The application must make sure that the buffer is not overfilled The printer simply stops saving information when it is full As the buffer fills the input data is printed normally The effect of the macro start command is to clear the buffer and to start to save the input data The macro stop command stops saving data and initializes internal pointers for the next print To store the data in the nonvolatile flash it must be named and saved by one of the user store save commands When the macro buffer is inserted into the data stream configuration commands like font or pitch changes remain in effect after the macro is processed Illegal commands are placed in the buffer and take up space Horizontal graphics should be sent to the printer compressed If the data is not compressed it is saved in the macro buffer If the buffer is saved into the user store nonvolatile flash there must be
291. unt Returns T lt 1 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 1 gt lt 100 gt or 256 100 or 356 cover opens Values of n Request Black Dots Red Dots Not Used Cover Opens Paper Outs Line Feeds Characters Printed Not Used Not Used Standby Cycles O OI Q N O 17 The Star emulation does not allow the use of ESC y commands for extended diagnostics The ESC y commands are not available 100 88002 Rev B Page 229 10 Power Up Resets 11 Watchdog Resets 12 BaseFlash Erases 13 ExtFlash Erases 14 Auto Cutter Cycles 15 Init Requests 16 Error Vectors 17 Auto Cutter Faults 18 Power On Time Min 19 System Active Time Min 20 Over Temperature 21 Cutter Re Home 22 Level 1 Jam Detections 23 Level 2 Jam Detections 24 Missed TOF 25 Configuration Faults 26 Not Used 27 Flash File Faults Page 230 100 88002 Rev B Function Print Current Configuration and Totals ASCII ESC y 9 or ESC 9 Hexadecimal 1BH 79H 09H Decimal 27 121 9 Description This command forces the printer to print the current configuration To function correctly it must be issued with the printer in the proper emulation mode It is intended to be printed in the default TransAct configuration but will print in any configuration Note This command must be preceded with an ESC y 8 Function Print Current Totals ASCII ESC y lt 15 gt Hexadecimal 1BH 79H OFH Decimal 27 121 15 Descr
292. us printers User Defined Characters User defined character were previously supported by a series of commands that would allow the user to define a new character bitmap As characters are no longer bitmaps these commands are not supported If custom user defined characters are required a custom font may be generated using any number of off the shelf font generation tools The custom font may be loaded into the printer and then printed as any other character Dynamic Code Page Definition Dynamic code page definition is still supported when in ASCII mode however Unicode is now used for the source character locations 100 88002 Rev B Page 217 Chapter 11 File System 100 88002 Rev B Page 219 This page intentionally left blank Page 220 100 88002 Rev B File System Interface The Epic 880 provides a file system to support fonts configuration information user graphics and macros There are a number of commands that are provided to support the file system In general files need to be opened for read or write read or written and then closed There is a command that will delete a file and print or return a file directory TransAct Technologies provides a Windows based tool that will interact with the Epic 880 and provide a drag and drop interface to the file system The file system in the Epic 880 is partitioned into two sections one for internal system use by the printer and one for user information The system p
293. user to replace characters in a standard font with custom characters described in more detail in an earlier section The POR INI file is one way of defining a linked font In the above POR INI file link the link font consists of User TactWGL and the TactGB18030 fonts When a character is to be printed the user font will be searched followed by TactWGL and then the TactGB18030 font The first font containing the character will define the character Note If a link font is defined in the POR INI file it will be selected as the default font If no link font is defined Font1 will be used at power up If the POR INI file does not contain a linked font and the Font1 selection is defective the TactWGL font will be used If no fonts are found the printer will only print graphics Bitmap fonts are not recommended and should only be used if an exact bitmap is required Bitmap fonts are not scalable like true type fonts only the normal 2X 3X etc scaling is available TransAct Technologies can upon request and signing a non disclosure agreement NDA provide tools to allow customers to develop their own bitmap fonts These fonts must be in Unicode order but only need support the specific characters needed in the font Note When loaded and made available the legacy select font commands should select the bitmap font by adding 100 to the font ID For example to use BMFont0 select font 100 in the Legacy font definition Note Only the font ID is use
294. utions are faster high resolutions produce better graphics Select the communications port and protocol that is to be used to communicate to the printer Load the graphics image you wish to print Adjust the image to produce the effect you would like The lower graphic window displays an approximation of the printed image When you are satisfied with the graphic press the Store in Printer button PJColor will attempt to interrogate the printer and will display the graphics currently in the printer if any Note If PJColor cannot communicate with the printer only the Save to File option will be allowed Make sure there is enough room in the printer for the graphic Insert a name in the Macro Name box Keep it simple this name will be used later to print the graphic 10 Record the graphic in the printer 100 88002 Rev B Print a stored graphic In the data stream to the printer enter amp URName amp and the graphic will print in place of the amp URName amp data The Name must be identical to the name entered earlier Generate a file to store color graphics into a printer To generate a file that will store a color graphic into a printer follow the same procedure to store a graphic in a printer up through step 8 Then 1 Insert a name in the Macro Name box This name should be kept simple as it will be used later to print the graphic 2 Press the Save to File button This will allow you to select a file wh
295. ver is an added layer of code that allows legacy software to believe it is interacting with a serial port Note that a limitation of serial communications port virtualization is that each version of windows is slightly different and not all RS232 features are supported only features such as receive transmit and ready busy are supported while other features such as on hook off hook ring and break are not supported 100 88002 Rev B Page 21 Chapter 3 Operational Procedures 100 88002 Rev B Page 23 This page intentionally left blank Page 24 100 88002 Rev B Operational Procedures Operational Procedures o How to Operate the Epic 880 Printer Your Epic 880 printer contains two buttons FEED and CONFIG and four LED indicator lights Paper Ready Fault and Open These are located on a panel on the right hand side of the printer Figure 4 Control panel with FEED and Diagnostics CONFIG buttons and indicator lights Indicator Lights LED The four Epic 880 indicator lights are e Paper LED Indicates paper status paper low or out e ReadyLED Indicates printer activity and non recoverable errors e Fault LED Indicates problems and probability of recovery e OpenLED Indicates the cover is open The FEED button The FEED button will provide various functions depending upon how long it is pressed Pressing this button will provide one of three functions The function is time dependent and the display
296. wever only values between 0 and 255 are valid 14 The Version 3 0 Unicode standard defines a 24 bit addressing method that is not supported by the Epic 880 The Epic 880 is limited to a 16 bit address value Values greater than 65535 will be truncated to 16 bits 100 88002 Rev B UTF 8 uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence MBCS to identify the desired Unicode character This encoding method is less straightforward but preserves some of the 8 bit character of ASCII encoding This method uses unique bit sequences at the MSBs of a byte to determine its location and meaning within the MBCS encoding See the table below for more information If UTF 8 is selected all data sent to the printer must be encoded All command parameters over 127 must be encoded in UTF 8 UTF 8TXT uses a Multiple Byte Character Sequence MBCS to identify the desired Unicode character This encoding method is identical to UTF 8 except command parameters over 127 are not UTF 8 encoded They must be sent unmodified as 8 bit values Note Extended UTF encoding past 65534 is not supported in UTF 16 or UTF 8 Only Unicode addresses from 0 to 65534 are supported by the Epic 880 Printer Scalar Value 1st Byte 2nd Byte 3rd Byte 000000000 00000 110 10 2222 XXXXXX 1110zzzz 10 10 NOTE 4 byte encoding is not supported 100 88002 Rev B
297. ws printer driver be used to generate a graphic image Our Windows printer driver selects the best compression method to use on a scan line by scan line basis The print driver can be directed to print to file creating a prn file When creating a prn file it is recommended that the Start End Doc settings be cleared in the Start End Doc tab of the printer properties page After the prn file is created it can be read and sent to the printer by the host application Bit wise RLE In bit wise RLE compression the Most Significant Bit MSB compression of each data byte denotes if the compressed data represents one or zero bits Bits zero through six indicate how many bits are represented as a one or zero A 34 Hex 34H represents 34H bits set to zero A 97H represents 17H bits set to one ESC h 1 5 1 34H 97H 8fH 09H Byte wise RLE In byte wise RLE compression data is represented in byte Compression pairs The first byte is a count and the second is the graphics data The graphics data byte is repeated the number of times represented by the count byte ESC h 1 5 8 09H ffH 02H 55H Where 09H lt ffH gt means repeat ffH nine times and 02H 55H means repeat 55H two times Difference Compression In difference compression data is represented in byte pairs In compression the first byte is an index into the byte stream as it would exist if sent in an uncompressed format
298. y The information is stored as records in a linked list Whenever a journal mode begin command is received a new record is started When journal mode is exited the record is finished closed and the link updated This journal mode is intended to be printed at a later time No printer control codes are allowed in the journal Only CR HT and LF commands are allowed Any other control character will end the journal record Use EOT or NUL to provide the most graceful exit from journal mode The other way to place information in the electronic journal is with carbon copy mode In this mode select information sent to the validation or receipt station is carbon copied into the electronic journal A record is started with the Electronic Journal Begin command and ended with the Electronic Journal End command There is an Electronic Journal Suspend and Electronic Journal Resume which allows some information not to be saved esc P 12 esc I 1 esc O esc a 1 ESC G 4 0 0 0 34 2 ESC c 1 QUICK MART CR ILF ESC lt 4 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 0 gt lt 17 gt lt 1 gt 1234 Rt1 Anytown CT CR LF esc c lt 0 gt esc I 0 203 123 4567 cr 1f esc P lt 15 gt esc a lt 0 gt CR LF esc 1 lt 3 gt Start journal record Date 0 Time 0 cr 1f ST 2000 OP 00067 TE 021 0035 CR LF esc 1 lt 2 gt Suspend the record KLEENEX FAM D04

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Bosch CRS-CP-MD-TA  Server di stampa della serie TROY200  佐監公示第 5 号 24．12．13 T－5型航空機等委託整備役務  Wheel Watcher WW02 User Manual  Samsung GT-S7275Y User Manual  JVC LT-46P300 User's Manual  GE JE740 700 Watts Microwave Oven  Manual para la evaluación del impacto socioeconómico y ambiental  Car Audio & DVD Car Navigation System  Manual de Instruções  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file